Global Research Editor’s Note

We bring to the attention of our readers the following text of Osama bin Laden’s interview with Ummat, a Pakistani daily, published in Karachi on September 28, 2001. It was translated into English by the BBC World Monitoring Service and made public on September 29, 2001.

The authenticity of this interview remains to be confirmed. It was available in recognized electronic news archives including the BBC. 

The interview tends to demystify the Osama bin Laden persona.

Osama bin Laden categorically denies his involvement in the 9/11 attacks.  Bin Laden’s statements in this interview are markedly different from those made in the alleged Osama video tapes.

In this interview, Osama bin Laden exhibits an understanding of US foreign policy. He expresses his views regarding the loss of life on 9/11. He focusses on CIA support to the narcotics trade.

He also makes statements as to who, in his opinion, might be the likely perpetrator of  the September 11 attacks.

This is an important text which has not been brought to the attention of Western public opinion.

We have highlighted key sections of this interview.

It is our hope that the text of this interview, published on 28 September 2001 barely a week before the onset of the war on Afghanistan, will contribute to a better understanding of the history of Al Qaeda, the role of Osama bin Laden and the tragic events of September 11, 2001.

I should be noted that on the day preceding the 9/11 attacks, Osama Bin Laden had been admitted for treatment in a Military Hospital in Rawalpindi, Pakistan.

This was confirmed by Dan Rather in a CBS News Report. 

This interview is published for informational purposes only.

GR does not in any way endorse the statements in this interview. Nor are we in a position to confirm its authenticity.

Michel  Chossudovsky, September 2, 2023

---

Full text of September 2001 Pakistani paper’s “exclusive” interview with Usamah Bin-Ladin

translated from Urdu by the BBC World Monitoring Service

Karachi, 28 September 2001, pp. 1- 7.

Ummat’s introduction

Kabul: Prominent Arab mojahed holy warrior Usamah Bin-Ladin has said that he or his al-Qa’idah group has nothing to do with the 11 September suicidal attacks in Washington and New York. He said the US government should find the attackers within the country. In an exclusive interview with daily “Ummat”, he said these attacks could be the act of those who are part of the American system and are rebelling against it and working for some other system. Or, Usamah said, this could be the act of those who want to make the current century a century of conflict between Islam and Christianity. Or, the American Jews, who are opposed to President Bush ever since the Florida elections, might be the masterminds of this act. There is also a great possibility of the involvement of US intelligence agencies, which need billions of dollars worth of funds every year. He said there is a government within the government in the United States.

The secret agencies, he said, should be asked as to who are behind the attacks. Usamah said support for attack on Afghanistan was a matter of need for some Muslim countries and compulsion for others. However, he said, he was thankful to the courageous people of Pakistan who erected a bulwark before the wrong forces. He added that the Islamic world was attaching great expectations with Pakistan and, in time of need, “we will protect this bulwark by sacrificing of lives”.

Following is the interview in full detail:

Ummat: You have been accused of involvement in the attacks in New York and Washington. What do you want to say about this? If you are not involved, who might be?

Usamah [Osama bin Laden]: In the name of Allah, the most beneficent, the most merciful. Praise be to Allah, Who is the creator of the whole universe and Who made the earth as an abode for peace, for the whole mankind. Allah is the Sustainer, who sent Prophet Muhammad for our guidance. I am thankful to the Ummat Group of Publications, which gave me the opportunity to convey my viewpoint to the people, particularly the valiant and Momin true Muslim people of Pakistan who refused to believe in lie of the demon.

I have already said that I am not involved in the 11 September attacks in the United States. As a Muslim, I try my best to avoid telling a lie. I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I consider the killing of innocent women, children, and other humans as an appreciable act. Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women, children, and other people.

Such a practice is forbidden ever in the course of a battle. It is the United States, which is perpetrating every maltreatment on women, children, and common people of other faiths, particularly the followers of Islam. All that is going on in Palestine for the last 11 months is sufficient to call the wrath of God upon the United States and Israel.

There is also a warning for those Muslim countries, which witnessed all these as a silent spectator. What had earlier been done to the innocent people of Iraq, Chechnya, and Bosnia?

Only one conclusion could be derived from the indifference of the United States and the West to these acts of terror and the patronage of the tyrants by these powers that America is an anti-Islamic power and it is patronizing the anti-Islamic forces. Its friendship with the Muslim countries is just a show, rather deceit. By enticing or intimidating these countries, the United States is forcing them to play a role of its choice. Put a glance all around and you will see that the slaves of the United States are either rulers or enemies of Muslims .

The US has no friends, nor does it want to keep any because the prerequisite of friendship is to come to the level of the friend or consider him at par with you. America does not want to see anyone equal to it. It expects slavery from others. Therefore, other countries are either its slaves or subordinates.

However, our case is different. We have pledged slavery to God Almighty alone and after this pledge there is no possibility to become the slave of someone else. If we do that, it will be disregardful to both our Sustainer and his fellow beings. Most of the world nations upholding their freedom are the religious ones, which are the enemies of United States, or the latter itself considers them as its enemies. Or the countries, which do not agree to become its slaves, such as China, Iran, Libya, Cuba, Syria, and the former Russia as received .

Whoever committed the act of 11 September are not the friends of the American people. I have already said that we are against the American system, not against its people, whereas in these attacks, the common American people have been killed.

According to my information, the death toll is much higher than what the US government has stated. But the Bush administration does not want the panic to spread. The United States should try to trace the perpetrators of these attacks within itself; the people who are a part of the US system, but are dissenting against it. Or those who are working for some other system; persons who want to make the present century as a century of conflict between Islam and Christianity so that their own civilization, nation, country, or ideology could survive. They can be any one, from Russia to Israel and from India to Serbia. In the US itself, there are dozens of well-organized and well-equipped groups, which are capable of causing a large-scale destruction. Then you cannot forget the American Jews, who are annoyed with President Bush ever since the elections in Florida and want to avenge him.

Then there are intelligence agencies in the US, which require billions of dollars worth of funds from the Congress and the government every year. This funding issue was not a big problem till the existence of the former Soviet Union but after that the budget of these agencies has been in danger.

They needed an enemy. So, they first started propaganda against Usamah and Taleban and then this incident happened. You see, the Bush administration approved a budget of 40bn dollars. Where will this huge amount go? It will be provided to the same agencies, which need huge funds and want to exert their importance.

Now they will spend the money for their expansion and for increasing their importance. I will give you an example. Drug smugglers from all over the world are in contact with the US secret agencies. These agencies do not want to eradicate narcotics cultivation and trafficking because their importance will be diminished. The people in the US Drug Enforcement Department are encouraging drug trade so that they could show performance and get millions of dollars worth of budget. General Noriega was made a drug baron by the CIA and, in need, he was made a scapegoat. In the same way, whether it is President Bush or any other US president, they cannot bring Israel to justice for its human rights abuses or to hold it accountable for such crimes. What is this? Is it not that there exists a government within the government in the United Sates? That secret government must be asked as to who made the attacks.

Ummat: A number of world countries have joined the call of the United States for launching an attack on Afghanistan. These also include a number of Muslim countries. Will Al-Qa’idah declare a jihad against these countries as well?

Usamah: I must say that my duty is just to awaken the Muslims; to tell them as to what is good for them and what is not. What does Islam says and what the enemies of Islam want?

Al-Qa’idah was set up to wage a jihad against infidelity, particularly to encounter the onslaught of the infidel countries against the Islamic states. Jihad is the sixth undeclared element of Islam. The first five being the basic holy words of Islam, prayers, fast, pilgrimage to Mecca, and giving alms Every anti-Islamic person is afraid of it. Al-Qa’idah wants to keep this element alive and active and make it part of the daily life of the Muslims. It wants to give it the status of worship. We are not against any Islamic country nor we consider a war against an Islamic country as jihad.

We are in favour of armed jihad only against those infidel countries, which are killing innocent Muslim men, women, and children just because they are Muslims. Supporting the US act is the need of some Muslim countries and the compulsion of others. However, they should think as to what will remain of their religious and moral position if they support the attack of the Christians and the Jews on a Muslim country like Afghanistan. The orders of Islamic shari’ah jurisprudence for such individuals, organizations, and countries are clear and all the scholars of the Muslim brotherhood are unanimous on them. We will do the same, which is being ordered by the Amir ol-Momenin the commander of the faithful Mola Omar and the Islamic scholars. The hearts of the people of Muslim countries are beating with the call of jihad. We are grateful to them.

Ummat: The losses caused in the attacks in New York and Washington have proved that giving an economic blow to the US is not too difficult. US experts admit that a few more such attacks can bring down the American economy. Why is al-Qa’idah not targeting their economic pillars?

Usamah: I have already said that we are not hostile to the United States. We are against the system, which makes other nations slaves of the United States, or forces them to mortgage their political and economic freedom. This system is totally in control of the American Jews, whose first priority is Israel, not the United States. It is simply that the American people are themselves the slaves of the Jews and are forced to live according to the principles and laws laid by them. So, the punishment should reach Israel. In fact, it is Israel, which is giving a blood bath to innocent Muslims and the US is not uttering a single word.

Ummat: Why is harm not caused to the enemies of Islam through other means, apart from the armed struggle? For instance, inciting the Muslims to boycott Western products, banks, shipping lines, and TV channels.

Usamah: The first thing is that Western products could only be boycotted when the Muslim fraternity is fully awakened and organized. Secondly, the Muslim companies should become self-sufficient in producing goods equal to the products of Western companies. Economic boycott of the West is not possible unless economic self-sufficiency is attained and substitute products are brought out. You see that wealth is scattered all across the Muslim world but not a single TV channel has been acquired which can preach Islamic injunctions according to modern requirements and attain an international influence. Muslim traders and philanthropists should make it a point that if the weapon of public opinion is to be used, it is to be kept in the hand. Today’s world is of public opinion and the fates of nations are determined through its pressure. Once the tools for building public opinion are obtained, everything that you asked for can be done.

Ummat: The entire propaganda about your struggle has so far been made by the Western media. But no information is being received from your sources about the network of Al-Qa’idah and its jihadi successes. Would you comment?

Usamah: In fact, the Western media is left with nothing else. It has no other theme to survive for a long time. Then we have many other things to do. The struggle for jihad and the successes are for the sake of Allah and not to annoy His bondsmen. Our silence is our real propaganda. Rejections, explanations, or corrigendum only waste your time and through them, the enemy wants you to engage in things which are not of use to you. These things are pulling you away from your cause.

The Western media is unleashing such a baseless propaganda, which make us surprise but it reflects on what is in their hearts and gradually they themselves become captive of this propaganda. They become afraid of it and begin to cause harm to themselves. Terror is the most dreaded weapon in modern age and the Western media is mercilessly using it against its own people. It can add fear and helplessness in the psyche of the people of Europe and the United States. It means that what the enemies of the United States cannot do, its media is doing that. You can understand as to what will be the performance of the nation in a war, which suffers from fear and helplessness.

Ummat: What will the impact of the freeze of al-Qa’idah accounts by the US?

Usamah: God opens up ways for those who work for Him. Freezing of accounts will not make any difference for Al-Qa’idah or other jihad groups. With the grace of Allah, al-Qa’idah has more than three such alternative financial systems, which are all separate and totally independent from each other. This system is operating under the patronage of those who love jihad. What to say of the United States, even the combined world cannot budge these people from their path.

These people are not in hundreds but in thousands and millions. Al-Qa’idah comprises of such modern educated youths who are aware of the cracks inside the Western financial system as they are aware of the lines in their hands. These are the very flaws of the Western fiscal system, which are becoming a noose for it and this system could not recuperate in spite of the passage of so many days.

Ummat: Are there other safe areas other than Afghanistan, where you can continue jihad?

Usamah: There are areas in all parts of the world where strong jihadi forces are present, from Indonesia to Algeria, from Kabul to Chechnya, from Bosnia to Sudan, and from Burma to Kashmir. Then it is not the problem of my person. I am helpless fellowman of God, constantly in the fear of my accountability before God. It is not the question of Usamah but of Islam and, in Islam too, of jihad. Thanks to God, those waging a jihad can walk today with their heads raised. Jihad was still present when there was no Usamah and it will remain as such even when Usamah is no longer there. Allah opens up ways and creates loves in the hearts of people for those who walk on the path of Allah with their lives, property, and children. Believe it, through jihad, a man gets everything he desires. And the biggest desire of a Muslim is the after life. Martyrdom is the shortest way of attaining an eternal life.

Ummat: What do you say about the Pakistan government policy on Afghanistan attack?

Usamah: We are thankful to the Momin and valiant people of Pakistan who erected a blockade in front of the wrong forces and stood in the first file of battle. Pakistan is a great hope for the Islamic brotherhood. Its people are awakened, organized, and rich in the spirit of faith. They backed Afghanistan in its war against the Soviet Union and extended every help to the mojahedin and the Afghan people. Then these are the same Pakistanis who are standing shoulder by shoulder with the Taleban. If such people emerge in just two countries, the domination of the West will diminish in a matter of days. Our hearts beat with Pakistan and, God forbid, if a difficult time comes we will protect it with our blood. Pakistan is sacred for us like a place of worship. We are the people of jihad and fighting for the defence of Pakistan is the best of all jihads to us. It does not matter for us as to who rules Pakistan. The important thing is that the spirit of jihad is alive and stronger in the hearts of the Pakistani people.

Copyright Ummat in Urdu, BBC translation in English, 2001

---

Read about Osama Bin Laden in Michel Chossudovsky’s international best-seller

Order Directly from Global Research

America’s “War on Terrorism”

by Michel Chossudovsky

According to Chossudovsky, the  “war on terrorism” is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex.

 

Nous faisons face présentement à une problème technique.

Pour accéder à la version mobile de mondialisation.ca, cliquez sur le Menu principal de Globalresearch.ca (version mobile), (en haut à gauche) et ensuite cliquez sur Mondialisation.ca.

 

A partir de la semaine prochaine le problème technique devrait être résolu.

Amitiés à tous nos lecteurs

 

The world is globalizing and information has become more accessible to more people than ever before. We are, indeed, in unprecedented times, and we face unprecedented challenges.

The aims of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and Global Research are to battle the tidal waves of misinformation and propaganda washing our minds on a daily basis. We have separated ourselves from the corporate controlled mainstream news, whose only objective is to serve their corporate masters. We take no assistance from the major foundations such as Rockefeller, Ford, and MacArthur, who act as patrons (and thus pacifiers) of the alternative and critical voices challenging the forces of globalization.

We do this in order to remain an independent voice, challenging all that needs to be challenged and exposing all that remains in the dark. Bringing light to a dimly lit world is no easy task, and though the aim and method is “independence,” we are, in fact, entirely dependent upon YOU, our readers. Without your support, we cannot continue our operations nor expand our horizons and opportunities. Global Research is indebted to our readers, and we are here for you and because of you. If you would like Global Research to continue and to grow, we need your support now more than ever.

By making a donation  to Global Research, you  assist journalists, researchers and contributors who have either lost their jobs with the mainstream media or who have been excluded from employment opportunities as professional journalists for their pledge to the truth. We send our thanks to all who have contributed so far by donating or becoming a member!

The mainstream media is owned by bankers and corporate kingpins. Not only that, but it has been historically and presently infiltrated by covert government agencies, seeking to deceive and propagandize their agendas. The CIA has long had associations with major mainstream news publications. By far the most valuable of these associations, according to CIA officials, have been with the New York Times, CBS and Time Inc. The CIA even ran a training program “to teach its agents to be journalists,” who were “then placed in major news organizations with help from management.”

At Global Research, we seek to not only expose and criticize the larger picture, but to point the finger at the media, itself, and examine who is lying, why they lie, and how they get away with it.

To continue in our endeavours, we need our readers to continue in their support.

One important and helpful thing that all of our readers can do is to help spread our name and information by “sharing and  “liking” our Facebook page here. We post articles daily that will appear in your news feed so that you don’t have to come to us, we can bring our information straight to you. “Like” our page and recommend us to your friends. Every bit helps! You can also subscribe to our RSS feed

You can also support us by continuing to send us your much needed donations which allow us to continue our day-to-day operations and help us expand our scope and content.

Supporting Global Research is supporting the cause of truth and the fight against media disinformation.

Thank you.

The Global Research Team

FOR ONLINE DONATIONS

For online donations, please click below:

VISIT THE DONATION PAGE

FOR DONATIONS BY MAIL

To send your donation by mail, kindly send your cheque or international money order, made out to CRG, to our postal address:

Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG)

PO Box 55019
11, Notre-Dame Ouest,

Montreal, QC, H2Y 4A7
CANADA

FOR DONATIONS BY FAX
For payment by fax, please print the credit card fax authorization form and fax your order and credit card details to Global Research at 514 656 5294

You can also support us by purchasing books from our store! Click to browse our titles.

A deluge of articles have been quickly put into circulation defending France’s military intervention in the African nation of Mali. TIME’s article, “The Crisis in Mali: Will French Intervention Stop the Islamist Advance?” decides that old tricks are the best tricks, and elects the tiresome “War on Terror” narrative.TIME claims the intervention seeks to stop “Islamist” terrorists from overrunning both Africa and all of Europe. Specifically, the article states:

“…there is a (probably well-founded) fear in France that a radical Islamist Mali threatens France most of all, since most of the Islamists are French speakers and many have relatives in France. (Intelligence sources in Paris have told TIME that they’ve identified aspiring jihadis leaving France for northern Mali to train and fight.) Al-Qaeda in Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), one of the three groups that make up the Malian Islamist alliance and which provides much of the leadership, has also designated France — the representative of Western power in the region — as a prime target for attack.”

What TIME elects not to tell readers is that Al-Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM) is closely allied to the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG whom France intervened on behalf of during NATO’s 2011 proxy-invasion of Libya – providing weapons, training, special forces and even aircraft to support them in the overthrow of Libya’s government.

As far back as August of 2011, Bruce Riedel out of the corporate-financier funded think-tank, the Brookings Institution, wrote “Algeria will be next to fall,” where he gleefully predicted success in Libya would embolden radical elements in Algeria, in particular AQIM. Between extremist violence and the prospect of French airstrikes, Riedel hoped to see the fall of the Algerian government. Ironically Riedel noted:

Algeria has expressed particular concern that the unrest in Libya could lead to the development of a major safe haven and sanctuary for al-Qaeda and other extremist jihadis.

And thanks to NATO, that is exactly what Libya has become – a Western sponsored sanctuary for Al-Qaeda. AQIM’s headway in northern Mali and now French involvement will see the conflict inevitably spill over into Algeria. It should be noted that Riedel is a co-author of “Which Path to Persia?” which openly conspires to arm yet another US State Department-listed terrorist organization (list as #28), the Mujahedin-e Khalq (MEK) to wreak havoc across Iran and help collapse the government there – illustrating a pattern of using clearly terroristic organizations, even those listed as so by the US State Department, to carry out US foreign policy.Geopolitical analyst Pepe Escobar noted a more direct connection between LIFG and AQIM in an Asia Times piece titled, “How al-Qaeda got to rule in Tripoli:”

“Crucially, still in 2007, then al-Qaeda’s number two, Zawahiri, officially announced the merger between the LIFG and al-Qaeda in the Islamic Mahgreb (AQIM). So, for all practical purposes, since then, LIFG/AQIM have been one and the same – and Belhaj was/is its emir. “

“Belhaj,” referring to Hakim Abdul Belhaj, leader of LIFG in Libya, led with NATO support, arms, funding, and diplomatic recognition, the overthrowing of Muammar Qaddafi and has now plunged the nation into unending racist and tribal, genocidal infighting. This intervention has also seen the rebellion’s epicenter of Benghazi peeling off from Tripoli as a semi-autonomous “Terror-Emirate.” Belhaj’s latest campaign has shifted to Syria where he was admittedly on the Turkish-Syrian border pledging weapons, money, and fighters to the so-called “Free Syrian Army,” again, under the auspices of NATO support.

LIFG, which with French arms, cash, and diplomatic support, is now invading northern Syria on behalf of NATO’s attempted regime change there, officially merged with Al Qaeda in 2007 according to the US Army’s West Point Combating Terrorism Center (CTC). According to the CTC, AQIM and LIFG share not only ideological goals, but strategic and even tactical objectives. The weapons LIFG received most certainly made their way into the hands of AQIM on their way through the porous borders of the Sahara Desert and into northern Mali.

It is no coincidence that as the Libyan conflict was drawing to a conclusion, conflict erupted in northern Mali. It is part of a premeditated geopolitical reordering that began with toppling Libya, and since then, using it as a springboard for invading other targeted nations, including Mali, Algeria, and Syria with heavily armed, NATO-funded and aided terrorists.

Algeria was able to balk subversion during the early phases of the US-engineered “Arab Spring” in 2011, but it surely has not escaped the attention of the West who is in the midst of transforming a region stretching from Africa to Beijing and Moscow’s doorsteps – and in a fit of geopolitical schizophrenia – using terrorists both as a casus belli to invade and as an inexhaustible mercenary force to do it.

Part I: Syria comes to the Russian Caucasus

On August 28 Sheikh Said Afandi, acknowledged spiritual leader of the Autonomous Russian Republic of Dagestan, was assassinated. A jihadist female suicide bomber managed to enter his house and detonate an explosive device.

The murder target had been carefully selected. Sheikh Afandi, a seventy-five-year old Sufi Muslim leader, had played the critical role in attempting to bring about reconciliation in Dagestan between jihadist Salafi Sunni Muslims and other factions, many of whom in Dagestan see themselves as followers of Sufi. With no replacement of his moral stature and respect visible, authorities fear possible outbreak of religious war in the tiny Russian autonomous republic.[1]

The police reported that the assassin was an ethnic Russian woman who had converted to Islam and was linked to an Islamic fundamentalist or Salafist insurgency against Russia and regional governments loyal to Moscow in the autonomous republics and across the volatile Muslim-populated North Caucasus region.

Ethnic Muslim populations in this region of Russia and of the former Soviet Union, including Uzbekistan, Kyrgystan and into China’s Xinjiang Province, have been the target of various US and NATO intelligence operations since the Cold War era ended in 1990. Washington sees manipulation of Muslim groups as the vehicle to bring uncontrollable chaos to Russia and Central Asia. It’s being carried out by some of the same organizations engaged in creating chaos and destruction inside Syria against the government of Bashar Al-Assad. In a real sense, as Russian security services clearly understand, if they don’t succeed in stopping the Jihadists insurgency in Syria, it will come home to them via the Caucasus.

The latest Salafist murders of Sufi and other moderate Muslim leaders in the Caucasus are apparently part of what is becoming ever clearer as perhaps the most dangerous US intelligence operation ever—playing globally with Muslim fundamentalism.

Previously US and allied intelligence services had played fast and loose with religious organizations or beliefs in one or another country. What makes the present situation particularly dangerous—notably since the decision in Washington to unleash the misnamed Arab Spring upheavals that began in Tunisia late 2010, spreading like a brushfire across the entire Islamic world from Afghanistan across Central Asia to Morocco—is the incalculable wave upon wave of killing, hatreds, destruction of entire cultures that Washington has unleashed in the name of that elusive dream named “democracy.” They do this using alleged Al-Qaeda groups, Saudi Salafists or Wahhabites, or using disciples of Turkey’s Fethullah Gülen Movement to ignite fires of religious hatred within Islam and against other faiths that could take decades to extinguish. It could easily spill over into a new World War.

Fundamentalism comes to Caucasus

Following the dissolution of the USSR, radical Afghanistani Mujahadeen, Islamists from Saudi Arabia, from Turkey, Pakistan and other Islamic countries flooded into the Muslim regions of the former USSR. One of the best-organized of these was the Gülen Movement of Fethullah Gülen, leader of a global network of Islamic schools and reported to be the major policy influence on Turkey’s Erdogan AKP party.

Gülen was quick to establish The International Dagestani-Turkish College in Dagestan. During the chaotic days after the Soviet collapse, the Ministry of Justice of the Russian Federation officially registered and permitted unfettered activity for a variety of Islamic foundations and organizations. These included the League of the Islamic World, the World Muslim Youth Assembly, the reportedly Al-Qaeda friendly Saudi foundation ‘Ibrahim ben Abd al-Aziz al-Ibrahim.’ The blacklist also included Al-Haramein a Saudi foundation reported tied to Al-Qaeda, and IHH, [2] a Turkish organization banned in Germany, that allegedly raised funds for jihadi fighters in Bosnia, Chechnya, and Afghanistan, and was charged by French intelligence of ties to Al Qaeda.[3] Many of these charities were covers for fundamentalist Salafists with their own special agenda.

As many of the foreign Islamists in Chechnya and Dagestan were found involved in fomenting the regional unrest and civil war, Russian authorities withdrew permission of most to run schools and institutions. Throughout the North Caucasus at the time of the Chechyn war in the late 1990’s, there were more than two dozen Islamic institutes, some 200 madrassas and numerous maktabas (Koranic study schools) present at almost all mosques.

The International Dagestani-Turkish College was one that was forced to close its doors in Dagestan. The College was run by the Fethullah Gülen organization.[4]

At the point of the Russian crackdown on the spread of Salafist teaching inside Russia at the end of the 1990’s, there was an exodus of hundreds of young Dagestani and Chechyn Muslim students to Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and other places in The Middle east, reportedly to receive training with the Gülen movement and various Saudi-financed organizations, including Salafists. [5] It is believed in Russia that the students trained by Gülen supporters or Saudi and other Salafist fundamentalist centers then were sent back to Dagestan and the North Caucasus to spread their radical strain of Islam.

By 2005 the situation in the Caucasus was so influenced by this Salafist intervention that the Chechen Salafist, Doku Umarov, cited by the UN Security Council for links to Al-Qaeda,[6] unilaterally declared creation of what he called the Caucasus Emirate, announcing he planned to establish an Islamic state under Sharia law encompassing the entire North Caucasus region including Dagestan. He modestly proclaimed himself Emir of the Caucasus Emirate. [7]

*  *  *

*  *  *

 

Part II: Salafism at war with Sufi tradition

Salafism, known in Saudi Arabia as Wahhabism, is a fundamentalist strain of Islam which drew world attention and became notorious in March 2001 just weeks before the attacks of September 11. That was when the Salafist Taliban government in Afghanistan willfully dynamited and destroyed the historic gigantic Buddhas of Bamiyan on the ancient Silk Road, religious statues dating from the 6^th Century. The Taliban Salafist leaders also banned as “un-islamic” all forms of imagery, music and sports, including television, in accordance with what they considered a strict interpretation of Sharia.

Afghani sources reported that the order to destroy the Buddhas was made by Saudi-born jihadist Wahhabite, Osama bin Laden, who ultimately convinced Mullah Omar, Taliban supreme leader at the time to execute the act.[8]

Before and…After Salafist Taliban …

While Sufis incorporate the worship of saints and theatrical ceremonial prayers into their practice, Salafis condemn as idolatry any non-traditional forms of worship. They also call for the establishment of Islamic political rule and strict Sharia law. Sufism is home to the great spiritual and musical heritage of Islam, said by Islamic scholars to be the inner, mystical, or psycho-spiritual dimension of Islam, going back centuries.

As one Sufi scholar described the core of Sufism, “While all Muslims believe that they are on the pathway to God and will become close to God in Paradise–after death and the ‘Final Judgment’– Sufis believe as well that it is possible to become close to God and to experience this closeness–while one is alive. Furthermore, the attainment of the knowledge that comes with such intimacy with God, Sufis assert, is the very purpose of the creation. Here they mention the hadith qudsi in which God states, ‘I was a hidden treasure and I loved that I be known, so I created the creation in order to be known.’ Hence for the Sufis there is already a momentum, a continuous attraction on their hearts exerted by God, pulling them, in love, towards God.” [9]

The mystical Islamic current of Sufism and its striving to become close to or one with God is in stark contrast to the Jihadist Salafi or Wahhabi current that is armed with deadly weapons, preaches a false doctrine of jihad, and a perverse sense of martyrdom, committing countless acts of violence. Little wonder that the victims of Salafist Jihads are mostly other pacific forms of Islam including most especially Sufis.

The respected seventy-five year old Afandi had publicly denounced Salafist Islamic fundamentalism. His murder followed a July 19 coordinated attack on two high-ranking muftis in the Russian Volga Republic of Tatarstan. Both victims were state-approved religious leaders who had attacked radical Islam. This latest round of murders opens a new front in the Salafist war against Russia, namely attacks on moderate Sufi Muslim leaders.

Whether or not Dagestan now descends into internal religious civil war that then spreads across the geopolitically sensitive Russian Caucasus is not yet certain. What is almost certain is that the same circles who have been feeding violence and terror inside Syria against the regime of Alawite President Bashar al-Assad are behind the killing of Sheikh Afandi as well as sparking related acts of terror or unrest across Russia’s Muslim-populated Caucasus. In a very real sense it represents Russia’s nightmare scenario of “Syria coming to Russia.” It demonstrates dramatically why Putin has made such a determined effort to stop a descent into a murderous hell in Syria.

Salafism and the CIA

The existence of the so-called jihadist Salafi brand of Islam in Dagestan is quite recent. It has also been deliberately imported. Salafism is sometimes also called the name of the older Saudi-centered Wahhabism. Wahhabism is a minority originally-Bedouin form of the faith originating within Islam, dominant in Saudi Arabia since the 1700’s.

Irfan Al-Alawi and Stephen Schwartz of the Centre for Islamic Pluralism give the following description of Saudi conditions under the rigid Wahhabi brand of Islam:

“Women living under Saudi rule must wear the abaya, or total body cloak, and niqab, the face veil; they have limited opportunities for schooling and careers; they are prohibited from driving vehicles; are banned from social contact with men not relatives, and all personal activity must be supervised including opening bank accounts, by a male family member or “guardian.” These Wahhabi rules are enforced by a mutawiyin, or morals militia, also known as “the religious police,” officially designated the Commission for the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice (CPVPV) who patrol Saudi cities, armed with leather-covered sticks which they freely used against those they considered wayward. They raid homes looking for alcohol and drugs, and harassed non-Wahhabi Muslims as well as believers in other faiths.” [10]

It’s widely reported that the obscenely opulent and morally-perhaps-not-entirely-of- the-highest-standards Saudi Royal Family made a Faustian deal with Wahhabite leaders. The deal supposedly, was that the Wahhabists are free to export their fanatical brand of Islam around to the Islamic populations of the world in return for agreeing to leave the Saudi Royals alone.[11] There are, however, other dark and dirty spoons stirring the Wahhabite-Salafist Saudi stew.

Little known is the fact that the present form of aggressive Saudi Wahhabism, in reality a kind of fusion between imported jihadi Salafists from Egypt’s Muslim Brotherhood and the fundamentalist Saudi Wahhabites. Leading Salafist members of the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood were introduced into the Saudi Kingdom in the 1950’s by the CIA in a complex series of events, when Nasser cracked down on the Muslim Brotherhood following an assassination attempt. By the 1960’s an influx of Egyptian members of the Muslim Brotherhood in Saudi Arabia fleeing Nasserite repression, had filled many of the leading teaching posts in Saudi religious schools. One student there was a young well-to-do Saudi, Osama bin Laden.  [12]

During the Third Reich, Hitler Germany had supported the Muslim Brotherhood as a weapon against the British in Egypt and elsewhere in the Middle East. Marc Erikson describes the Nazi roots of the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood thus:

…as Italian and German fascism sought greater stakes in the Middle East in the 1930s and ’40s to counter British and French controlling power, close collaboration between fascist agents and Islamist leaders ensued. During the 1936-39 Arab Revolt, Admiral Wilhelm Canaris, head of German military intelligence, sent agents and money to support the Palestine uprising against the British, as did Muslim Brotherhood founder and “supreme guide” Hassan al-Banna. A key individual in the fascist-Islamist nexus and go-between for the Nazis and al-Banna became the Grand Mufti of Jerusalem, Haj Amin el-Husseini.[13]

After the defeat of Germany, British Intelligence moved in to take over control of the Muslim Brotherhood. Ultimately, for financial and other reasons, the British decided to hand their assets within the Muslim Brotherhood over to their CIA colleagues in the 1950s. [14]

According to former US Justice Department Nazi researcher John Loftus,  “during the 1950s, the CIA evacuated the Nazis of the Muslim Brotherhood to Saudi Arabia. Now, when they arrived in Saudi Arabia, some of the leading lights of the Muslim Brotherhood, like Dr Abdullah Azzam, became the teachers in the madrassas, the religious schools. And there they combined the doctrines of Nazism with this weird Islamic cult, Wahhabism.” [15]

“Everyone thinks that Islam is this fanatical religion, but it is not,” Loftus continues. “They think that Islam–the Saudi version of Islam–is typical, but it’s not. The Wahhabi cult has been condemned as a heresy more than 60 times by the Muslim nations. But when the Saudis got wealthy, they bought a lot of silence. This is a very harsh cult. Wahhabism was only practised by the Taliban and in Saudi Arabia–that’s how extreme it is. It really has nothing to do with Islam. Islam is a very peaceful and tolerant religion. It always had good relationships with the Jews for the first thousand years of its existence.” [16]

Loftus identified the significance of what today is emerging from the shadows to take over Egypt under Muslim Brotherhood President Morsi, and the so-called Syrian National Council, dominated in reality by the Muslim Brotherhood and publicly led by the more “politically correct” or presentable likes of Bassma Kodmani. Kodmani, foreign affairs spokesman for the SNC was twice an invited guest at the Bilderberg elite gathering, latest in Chantilly, Virginia earlier this year.[17]

The most bizarre and alarming feature of the US-financed  regime changes set into motion in 2010, which have led to the destruction of the secular Arab regime of Hosni Mubarak in Egypt and Muhammar Qaddafi in Libya, and the secular regime of President Ben Ali in Tunisia, and which have wreaked savage destruction across the Middle East, especially in the past eighteen months in Syria, is the pattern of emerging power grabs by representatives of the murky Salafist Muslim Brotherhood.

By informed accounts, a Saudi-financed Sunni Islamic Muslim Brotherhood dominates the members of the exile Syrian National Council that is backed by the US State Department’s Secretary Clinton and by Hollande’s France. The Syrian Muslim Brotherhood is tied, not surprisingly to the Egyptian Muslim Brotherhood of President Mohammed Morsi who recently in a meeting of the Non-Aligned in Iran called openly for the removal of Syria’s Assad, a logical step if his Muslim Brothers in the present Syrian National Council are to take the reins of power. The Saudis are also rumored to have financed the ascent to power in Tunisia of the governing Islamist Ennahda Party,[18] and are documented to be financing the Muslim Brotherhood-dominated Syrian National Council against President Bashar al-Assad. [19]

Part III: Morsi’s Reign of Salafi Terror

Indicative of the true agenda of this Muslim Brotherhood and related jihadists today is the fact that once they have power, they drop the veil of moderation and reconciliation and reveal their violently intolerant roots. This is visible in Egypt today under Muslim Brotherhood President Mohammed Morsi.

Unreported in mainstream Western media to date are alarming direct reports from Christian missionary organizations in Egypt that Morsi’s Muslim Brotherhood has already begun to drop the veil of “moderation and conciliation” and show its brutal totalitarian Salafist colors, much as Khomeini’s radical Sharia forces did in Iran after taking control in 1979-81.

In a letter distributed by the Christian Aid Mission (CAM), a Christian Egyptian missionary wrote that Morsi’s Muslim Brotherhood “announced they would destroy the country if Morsi didn’t win, but they also said they will take revenge from all those who voted for [his opponent Ahmed] Shafiq, especially the Christians as they are sure we did vote for Shafiq. Yesterday they began by killing two believers in el Sharqiya because of this,” the missionary added, speaking on condition of anonymity.[20]

This report came only weeks after Egyptian State TV (under Morsi’s control) showed ghastly video footage of a convert from Islam to Christianity being murdered by Muslims. The footage showed a young man being held down by masked men with a knife to his throat. As one man was heard chanting Muslim prayers in Arabic, mostly condemning Christianity, another man holding the knife to the Christian convert’s throat began to cut, slowly severing the head amid cries of “Allahu Akbar” (“Allah is great”), according to transcripts. In the letter, the Egyptian missionary leader added that, “soon after Morsi won, Christians in upper Egypt were forcibly prevented from going to churches.” Many Muslims, the letter claimed, “also began to speak to women in the streets that they had to wear Islamic clothing including the head covering. They act as if they got the country for their own, it’s theirs now.” [21]

Already in 2011 Morsi’s Salafist followers began attacking and destroying Sufi mosques across Egypt. According to the authoritative newspaper Al-Masry Al-Youm (Today’s Egyptian), 16 historic mosques in Alexandria belonging to Sufi orders have been marked for destruction by so-called ‘Salafis’. Alexandria has 40 mosques associated with Sufis, and is the headquarters for 36 Sufi groups. Half a million Sufis live in the city, out of a municipal total of four million people. Aggression against the Sufis in Egypt has included a raid on Alexandria’s most distinguished mosque, named for, and housing, the tomb of the 13th century Sufi Al-Mursi Abu’l Abbas.[22]

Notably, the so-called “democratically elected” regime in Libya following the toppling of Mohamar Qaddafi by NATO bombs in 2011, has also been zealous in destroying Sufi mosques and places of worhip. In August this year, UNESCO Director General Irina Bokova expressed “grave concern” at the destruction by Islamic Jihadists of Sufi sites in Zliten, Misrata and Tripoli and urged perpetrators to “cease the destruction immediately.” [23] Under behind-the-scenes machinations the Libyan government is dominated by Jihadists and by followers of the Muslim Brotherhood, as in Tunisia and Egypt. [24]

The explosive cocktail of violence inherent in allowing the rise to power of Salafist Islamists across the Middle East was clear to see, symbolically enough on the night of September 11,^th when a mob of angry supporters of the fanatical Salafist group, Ansar Al-Sharia, murdered the US Ambassador to Libya and three US diplomats, burning the US Consulate in Bengazi to the ground in protest over a YouTube release of a film by an American filmmaker showing the Prophet Mohammed indulging in multiple sex affairs and casting doubt on his role as God’s messenger. Ironically that US Ambassador had played a key role in toppling Qaddafi and opening the door to the Salafist takeover in Libya. At the same time angry mobs of thousands of Salafists surrounded the US Embassy in Cairo in protest to the US film. [25]

Ansar Al-Sharia (“Partisans of Islamic law” in Arabic) reportedly is a spinoff of Al-Qaeda and claims organizations across the Middle East from Yemen to Tunisia to Iraq, Egypt and Libya. Ansar al-Sharia says it is reproducing the model of Sharia or strict Islamic law espoused by the Taliban in Afghanistan and the Islamic State of Iraq, a militant umbrella group that includes al-Qaeda in Iraq. The core of the group are jihadists who came out of an “Islamic state”, either in Afghanistan in the mid-1990s, or among jihadists in Iraq after the US-led invasion in 2003.[26]

The deliberate detonation now of a new round of Salafist fundamentalist Jihad terror inside Muslim regions of the Russian Caucasus is exquisitely timed politically to put maximum pressure at home on the government of Russia’s Vladimir Putin.

Putin and the Russian Government are the strongest and most essential backer of the current Syrian government of Bashar al-Assad, and for Russia as well the maintenance of Russia’s only Mediterranean naval base at Syria’s Tartus port is vital strategically. At the same time, Obama’s sly message to Medvedev to wait until Obama’s re-election to evaluate US intent towards Russia and Putin’s cryptic recent comment that a compromise with a re-elected President Obama might be possible, but not with a President Romney, [27] indicate that the Washington “stick-and-carrot” or hard cop-soft cop tactics with Moscow might tempt Russia to sacrifice major geopolitical alliances, perhaps even that special close and recent geopolitical alliance with China.[28] Were that to happen, the World might witness a “reset” in US-Russian relations with catastrophic consequences for world peace.

F. William Engdahl*  is the author of Full Spectrum Dominance: Totalitarian Democracy in the New World Order

Notes:

Dear Readers,

Welcome to the newly redesigned Global Research website!

We are very proud to launch an updated version of our website, featuring the same timely and analytical content as before, in a display that will be easier for our readers to navigate so that you can get the information you need as quickly and easily as possible.

On this website, you will be able to access an archive of more than 30,000 articles published by Global Research.

We thank all of our readers for the feedback you have sent us over the years and hope you will enjoy your browsing experience.

These changes would not be possible without your support, and for that we extend our sincere appreciation.

To help us cover the costs of important projects and necessary upgrades like this, we kindly ask that you consider making a donation to Global Research.

We also take this opportunity to invite you to become a Member of Global Research

If we stand together, we can fight media lies and expose the truth. There is too much at stake to choose ignorance.

Be aware, stay informed, spread the message of peace far and wide.

Feedback and suggestions regarding our new website are most welcome. To post a comment, kindly visit us on the Global Research facebook page

Sincerely,

 

The Global Research Team

Aware that the window of opportunity for destabilizing their country might soon close, the Georgian Legion might desperately try to carry out a high-profile assassination attempt in the near future, even if it isn’t against the ruling party’s founder but someone else like the Prime Minister and they use a patsy instead of their own members.

Georgia’s State Security Service (SSS) informed the public that they’re investigating a criminal group linked to the former government which plotted to assassinate the founder of the ruling Georgian Dream party. According to RT, Prime Minister Irakli Kobakhidze claimed that these are the same forces that were behind the attempted assassinations of his Slovak counterpart Robert Fico and former US President Donald Trump, while Politico cited local media to report that the Georgian Legion is under suspicion.

It was explained in early May why “The Georgian State Security Service & The Georgian Legion Are On The Brink Of War”, namely because that pro-US armed group can play a crucial role in catalyzing a spree of urban terrorism ahead of, during, or right after fall’s parliamentary elections. The preceding analysis followed the failed attempt by rioters to storm the parliament over a week prior in protest of their country’s FARA-inspired foreign agents legislation, which readers can learn more about here.

In brief, although the ruling conservative-nationalist party aspires to join the EU and NATO, it doesn’t want to surrender the country’s sovereignty to the West in exchange and that’s why it’s been targeted for regime change over the past year and a half. The replacement of Georgian Dream with Western puppets would lead to “NGO”-propagated liberal–globalist values destroying their traditional society, hence the need for the foreign agents law, but there are also geopolitical consequences too.

The authorities warned last year that the prior attempt to overthrow them was aimed at opening up a second front against Russia, while there’s also the chance that a puppet regime would allow Georgia to be used by NATO to send more armed aid to Armenia in preparation of another war against Azerbaijan. Georgian Dream wants to stay out of all regional conflicts, so much so that it hasn’t even sanctioned Russia, which is yet another argument against their continued rule from the West’s perspective.

Speaking of Russia, its foreign intelligence service released a statement in early July warning that the West is preparing to exploit fall’s parliamentary elections as the pretext for another regime change attempt, and it’s possible that they shared information about this with their Georgian counterparts. That could explain why the local media cited by Politico said that some Georgian Legion members have been detained for questioning, while their leader claimed that 300 others have been added to the wanted list.

Although comparatively small in number, this pro-US armed group could play a similar role in Tbilisi later this year as the Azov Battalion did in Kiev a little more than a decade ago during “EuroMaidan”, which was explained in the earlier hyperlinked analysis about why they’re on the brink of war with the SSS. The most effective “Democratic Security” policy that Georgian Dream can promulgate right now is banning the Georgian Legion as a terrorist group if the ongoing investigation ties them to the assassination plot.

Allowing them to continue operating inside the country with impunity would constitute an enormous risk to Georgia’s national model of democracy considering the likelihood that they’ll catalyze a spree of urban terrorism ahead of, during, or right after the upcoming elections at the US’ regime change behest. Cracking down on this group ahead of the vote would greatly neutralize their ability to disrupt the democratic process and make associated Hybrid War threats much more manageable for the authorities.

Aware that the window of opportunity for destabilizing their country might soon close, the Georgian Legion might desperately try to carry out a high-profile assassination attempt in the near future, even if it isn’t against the ruling party’s founder but someone else like the Prime Minister and they use a patsy instead of their own members. Everyone should therefore keep a very close eye on Georgia since it’s still a major New Cold War battleground given its geostrategic significance in the broader region’s dynamics.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Protest held in Tbilisi against the “foreign agent” bill reintroduced by the Kobakhidze government (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

Vielleicht erinnern Sie sich an die alternative Friedenskonferenz am 12. Juni 2024 in Flühli, Schweiz, die von einer Gruppe für „Gegenseitiges Friedensengagement“ (“Mutual Peace Engagement”) organisiert wurde, mit wahren Vertretern der USA / NATO, Russlands, Deutschlands und der Schweiz – als Alternative zur infamen, von der Schweizer Regierung organisierten Konferenz vom 15. und 16. Juni 2024, auf dem Luxusresort Bürgenstock am Vierwaldstättersee. Bedauerlicherweise hat die Schweizer Regierung nicht einmal Russland zu ihrer so genannten Friedenskonferenz eingeladen.

Siehe dies, dies und dies.

Diese Gruppe für „Gegenseitiges Friedensengagement“ hat nun die Initiative ergriffen und einen Offenen Brief an den ungarischen Präsidenten Victor Orbán gerichtet, dessen Land derzeit und bis zum 31. Dezember 2024 den Vorsitz der Europäischen Union innehat.

Wir möchten Präsident Victor Orbán unseren Dank und unsere Unterstützung für seine Friedensinitiative aussprechen, die er unmittelbar nach Übernahme der EU-Vorsitzes, mit überraschenden Besuchen in Kiew zu Gesprächen mit Präsident Zelenskyy, dann in Moskau zu Gesprächen mit Präsident Putin, und schließlich in Peking zu Gesprächen mit Präsident Xi Jinping eingeleitet hat.

Obwohl die Einzelheiten der Gespräche und ihre Ergebnisse nicht offiziell bekannt sind, wissen wir, dass es sich um eine mutige Initiative eines Mitglieds der kriegstreiberischen Europäischen Union oder zumindest des kriegslüsternen EU-Rates handelt.

Wir beglückwünschen Herrn Orban und sagen ihm unsere volle Unterstützung für seine Friedensinitiative zu.

—Peter Koenig, 26. Juli 2024

***

Offener Brief an Präsident Viktor Orbán

Lieber Präsident Viktor Orbán,

Sie haben sich die Freiheit genommen, sich aktiv für Frieden zu engagieren. Dafür möchten wir Ihnen – als ein Teil des Schweizer Souveräns – herzlich danken.

Sie haben das Gespräch mit allen Beteiligten des sinnlosen Krieges in der Ukraine und in Russland proaktiv gesucht. Jedes Kind versteht, dass bei Konflikten mit allen Beteiligten gesprochen werden muss. Man sollte so schnell wie möglich handeln, um Leid, Blutvergiessen, Umweltzerstörung und deren langfristige Schäden einzudämmen. All jene, die Sie kritisieren, haben offenbar den inneren ethischen Kompass verloren.

So wie Ihr Verhalten als Ratspräsident der EU, so haben wir als Teil des Souveräns der Schweiz am 12.6.2024, kurz vor der verlogenen Bürgenstockkonferenz, gehandelt. Auch wir haben niemanden gefragt und uns engagiert.

Die Konferenz hat Repräsentanten aus Russland, aus den USA (Nato, CIA), aus Deutschland, der Schweiz, und der Ukraine eingeladen.

Daraus sind kurzfristige und längerfristige Vorschläge für «Waffenstillstand» bis hin zu einem «friedlichen Zusammenleben» entstanden: siehe dies, dies und dies.

Mit diesem Brief möchten wir Sie auf Ihrem Weg unterstützen und stärken. Wenn Sie über die EU-Grenze Support wünschen, engagieren wir uns gerne mit Ihnen zusammen: Vereinigen wir die dringend nötigen Friedenskräfte!

Alle Partizipierenden der Mutual Peace Engagement Conference:

Alec Gagneux (Initiator),

Alexander Peske (representing Russian Federation),

Ray McGovern (representing USA),

Florian D. Pfaff (representing Germany),

Ralf Bosshard (representing Switzerland).

Weitere Unterstützer des Offenen Briefes:

Peter Koenig, former World Bank-economist, journalist, geopolitical analyst

Prof. Dr. Alfred de Zayas, Geneva School of Diplomacy, former UN Independent Expert on International Order, Member of the Geneva International Peace Research Institute

Dr. Eugen Drewermann, German theologian, psychoanalyst and writer.

Christian Oesch, President of the Swiss WIR-Association

Linard Bardill, Singer and Author

Guy M. Mettan, Journalist and Politician

Christoph Pfluger, Journalist and Author

Dr. Jenö Ebert, Author and Medical Doctor (internist) 

*

Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche „Teilen“ unten, um diesen Artikel per E-Mail an Ihre Freunde und Kollegen weiterzuleiten. Folgen Sie uns auf Instagram und Twitter und abonnieren Sie unseren Telegram-Kanal. Fühlen Sie sich frei, Artikel von Global Research weiter zu veröffentlichen und zu teilen.

Verbreiten Sie die Wahrheit, empfehlen Sie einen Freund an Global Research

Peter Koenig ist geopolitischer Analyst und ehemaliger leitender Wirtschaftswissenschaftler bei der Weltbank und der Weltgesundheitsorganisation (WHO), wo er über 30 Jahre lang in der ganzen Welt tätig war. Er ist Autor von Implosion – Ein Wirtschaftsthriller über Krieg, Umweltzerstörung und Konzerngier und Co-Autor von Cynthia McKinneys Buch „When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis“ (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter ist wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter des Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Er ist auch ein nicht ansässiger Senior Fellow des Chongyang Instituts der Renmin Universität in Peking.

Gekennzeichnetes Bild: Ministerpräsident Viktor Orbán (Quelle: NEO)

You may recall the Alternative Peace Conference on 12 June 2024, in Flühli, Switzerland organized by a Group for “Mutual Peace Engagement”, with real representatives from the United States / NATO, Russia, Germany and Switzerland – and alternative to the infamous Swiss-Government organized Conference of 15 and 16 June in the luxury resort Bürgenstock by the Lake Lucerne. Lamentably, the Swiss Government did not even invite Russia to their so-called Peace Conference.

See this, this and this.

This Group for “Mutual Peace Engagement” has now taken the initiative with an Open Letter to Hungarian President Viktor Orbán, whose country is currently and until 31 December 2024 presiding over the European Union.

We would like to express our gratitude and support in whatever ways we can to President Viktor Orbán for the Peace Initiative he has embarked immediately after taking the EU Presidency, with surprise visits to Kiev for talks with Mr. Zelenskyy, then to Moscow for talks with Mr. Putin, and finally to Beijing to talk with President Xi Jinping.

While the details of the talks and their results are not officially known, we are aware that his was a courageous initiative as a member of the warmongering European Union, or at least the belligerent EU Council.

We congratulate Mr. Orban and pledge our support to his Peace Initiative.

—Peter Koenig, July 26, 2024

***

Open Letter to President Viktor Orbán

Dear President Viktor Orbán,

You have taken the liberty of actively working for peace. As part of the Swiss sovereign, we would like to thank you most sincerely for this.

Your proactive efforts to initiate dialogue with all parties involved in the senseless war in Ukraine and Russia are commendable. Every child understands the necessity of speaking with all sides in a conflict. We must act swiftly to alleviate suffering, prevent bloodshed, and curb environmental destruction along with its long-term repercussions. Those who criticize your actions have evidently lost their inner ethical compass.

Just as you have acted decisively as President of the EU Council, we, as part of the Swiss sovereign, took action on June 12, 2024, just before the shameful Bürgenstock conference. We, too, did not wait for permission – we acted. The conference brought together representatives from Russia, the USA/NATO, Germany, and Switzerland. This gathering produced both immediate and long-term proposals for “ceasefire” and “peaceful coexistence”: see this, this and this.

With this letter, we aim to reinforce and embolden you on your path. The stakes are too high for us to act alone. If you desire support beyond the EU borders, we are ready and willing to collaborate with you: let us unite the forces of peace! Together, we can amplify our efforts and make a significant impact. Your fearless behavior inspires us, and we are committed to standing with you.

All representatives of the Mutual Peace Engagement Conference:

Alec Gagneux (Initiator),

Alexander Peske (representing Russian Federation),

Ray McGovern (representing USA),

Ralf Bosshard (representing Switzerland),

Florian D. Pfaff (representing Germany).

Further supporters of the Open Letter:

Peter Koenig, former World Bank economist, journalist, geopolitical analyst

Prof. Dr. Alfred de Zayas, Geneva School of Diplomacy, former UN Independent Expert on International Order, Member of the Geneva International Peace Research Institute

Dr. Eugen Drewermann, German theologian, psychoanalyst and writer

Christian Oesch, President of the Swiss WIR-Assosiation

Linard Bardill, singer and author

Guy M. Mettan, journalist and politician

Christoph Pfluger, journalist and author

Dr. Jenö Ebert, Author and Medical Doctor (Internal Medicine)

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research  

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image: Prime Minister Viktor Orbán (Source: NEO)

Ao contrário do que afirma a propaganda estatal ucraniana, as pessoas estão realmente cansadas da guerra e prontas para qualquer tipo de concessões para pôr fim às hostilidades o mais rapidamente possível. De acordo com um inquérito recente, o número de ucranianos dispostos a reconhecer os Novos Territórios Russos está a aumentar exponencialmente, o que mostra o elevado nível de insatisfação com as medidas pró-guerra do governo.

O Instituto Internacional de Sociologia de Kiev divulgou recentemente dados de um estudo que mostra que pelo menos 32% dos ucranianos entrevistados estão dispostos a “abrir mão” de territórios para alcançar a paz. No final do ano passado, a mesma pesquisa apontava apenas 19% de aprovação entre os entrevistados. Anteriormente, no primeiro ano da operação militar especial, o índice de aprovação para a reconfiguração territorial da Ucrânia era inferior a 10%. Na prática, este aumento deixa claro que as pessoas estão cansadas do conflito, interessando-se em tomar qualquer medida que pareça eficiente para pôr fim à violência.

Obviamente, a pesquisa foi realizada em áreas sob controle ucraniano, razão pela qual os dados devem ser analisados ​​considerando o elevado nível de perseguição política e censura. É sabido que muitas pessoas evitam dizer o que realmente pensam na Ucrânia para fugir às represálias da ditadura neonazista. Neste sentido, o número real de pessoas a favor da paz deve ser ainda maior.

É também interessante notar que muitos dos entrevistados afirmaram estar genuinamente preocupados com a independência da Ucrânia. Afirmaram que é melhor abrir mão dos territórios já perdidos e assim preservar o que resta do país para evitar que a escalada da guerra gere ainda mais perdas territoriais para Kiev. O Instituto também informou que desde fevereiro, quando os russos libertaram a cidade de Avdeevka, no Donbass, o número de pessoas a favor de concessões territoriais aumentou. Isto mostra que as pessoas comuns estão a fazer uma avaliação correcta do futuro, compreendendo que quanto mais a guerra durar, maiores serão as probabilidades de a Rússia reintegrar ainda mais territórios.

O aumento recente também pode estar relacionado com os avanços russos no norte, na região de Kharkov. Além das Novas Regiões da Rússia, os territórios ucranianos foram libertados nas regiões próximas das fronteiras da Rússia para aliviar a pressão militar em áreas civis. Kiev tem levado a cabo ataques territoriais diários nos oblasts russos de Belgorod e Kursk, o que levou ao lançamento de uma operação militar em Kharkov – que muitos especialistas acreditam que será alargada a Sumy. Obviamente, ao ver estas notícias, as pessoas comuns entendem que a continuação da guerra pode levar à captura de ainda mais cidades, o que faz com que até os cidadãos pró-ucranianos apoiem o fim das hostilidades de acordo com o status quo territorial.

Para a Rússia, tudo o que importa é a garantia da paz. A reintegração de territórios é uma medida excepcional que decorre precisamente da agressividade do inimigo. Para Moscou, o cálculo é simples: tanto território quanto necessário deve ser libertado para evitar que as fronteiras russas sejam atacadas. Se os ucranianos se recusarem a evacuar as tropas das fronteiras, então Moscou será forçado a lançar uma operação militar e capturar estas regiões críticas, criando barreiras contra a infiltração territorial. Por enquanto, os termos russos são claros: Kiev só precisa reconhecer as quatro Novas Regiões e a Crimeia. No entanto, se o regime neonazista insistir na guerra, é possível que uma maior reintegração seja realizada no futuro, a fim de evitar que civis russos sejam atingidos pela artilharia ucraniana.

Na prática, os ucranianos comuns estão a demonstrar uma capacidade analítica mais precisa do que os seus líderes. As pessoas estão a constatar que a melhor forma de evitar novas perdas territoriais para a Ucrânia é precisamente reconhecer o que já foi perdido e não pode ser recuperado – para além, claro, de fornecer sólidas garantias de segurança através da evacuação das tropas e do fim dos laços com a OTAN. Continuar a guerra só levará a ainda mais perdas – tanto de territórios como de vidas.

As forças de Kiev estão fracas e perto do colapso militar completo. Não há qualquer possibilidade de que uma nova “contra-ofensiva” ucraniana seja eficaz na retomada das áreas libertadas pelos russos. Portanto, prolongar as hostilidades é inútil de um ponto de vista pragmático, deixando Kiev com a única escolha entre admitir o que já perdeu ou lutar e perder ainda mais.

O fato de o povo ucraniano já ter compreendido a realidade da guerra é prova de quão impopulares são as medidas pró-guerra da junta neonazista. Se qualquer acordo de paz for submetido a referendo popular, mesmo que envolva grandes concessões territoriais, certamente receberá ampla aprovação. E é precisamente por isso que o governo ucraniano exclui o povo do processo de tomada de decisão.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Ukrainian people open to recognize Russian New Territories, InfoBrics, 25 de Julho de 2024.

Imagem InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

War Criminal Benjamin Netanyahu Addresses the US Congress

By Philip Giraldi, July 26, 2024

Polls have shown for months that more Americans disapprove than approve of the Israeli onslaught in Gaza, but Congress and the White House are not interested in the views of the public when they are on the receiving end of hundreds of millions of dollars in “donations” from Jewish billionaires.

Bringing War Back Home: Vietnam and Siege Mentality. “Managing Chaos, Adventures in Alternative Media.” Greg Guma

By Greg Guma, July 26, 2024

It was March, 1968, and the US Senate had opened an investigation on the Tonkin Gulf Resolution, passed four years earlier. The resolution had given President Johnson a blank check to wage war in Vietnam, based on a trumped-up military incident. Half a million troops were mobilized as American leaders used communist fears and falling dominoes to rationalize a major invasion. 

Canada’s Long Fight Against Democracy: Presentation by Owen Schalk and Yves Engler

By Michael Welch, Owen Schalk, and Yves Engler, July 26, 2024

In the history book Killing Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II, the late great author and journalist William Blum documented more than fifty documented incidences of military or covert U.S. interventions on countries around the world. The book shows that the aim of these many interventions, from Albania to Zaire being in service of democracies is hard to justify, especially as a large percentage of these displays of “the American Way” were actually used against democratic countries.

Gen. Mark Milley: Robots to Imminently Replace Human Soldiers in U.S. Military

By Ben Bartee, July 26, 2024

As all military brass who have ascended to the highest ranks — which are political appointments, not meritocratic ones — tend to do, the pudgy careerist hack who cosplays as soldier, Gen. Mark Milley, former chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, has been on a cash-grab bonanza since his “retirement” from “public service” last year.

Can the Already Very Serious Humanitarian Crisis in Yemen Worsen Further?

By Bharat Dogra, July 26, 2024

On July 23 the UN Envoy for Yemen Hans Grundberg informed the Security Council that recent developments in the Red Sea, Israel and inside Yemen “show the real danger of a devastating region-wide escalation.” This statement was made in the context of Israel’s air strike on Yemen and the preceding strikes by the Houthi rebels against Israel and ships in the Red Sea.

Ukrainian People Open to Recognize Russian New Territories

By Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, July 26, 2024

Contrary to what Ukrainian state propaganda claims, people are really tired of war and ready for any kind of concessions to end hostilities as soon as possible. According to a recent survey, the number of Ukrainians willing to recognize the Russian New Territories is increasing exponentially, which shows the high level of dissatisfaction with the government’s pro-war measures.

Netanyahu: A Standing Ovation

By Danaka Katovich, July 26, 2024

The architect of the genocide against the Palestinian people walked in and out of the “people’s house” to a standing ovation. He was given more time with our lawmakers than any of us will ever get in our lifetime and he used it to insist he was a good man that was commanding a moral army — insisting they have not killed anyone who did not deserve to have their life ended in the blink of an eye.

Around the time I turned 21, Sen. J. William Fulbright described what was taking place across the country as a “spiritual rebellion” of the young against a betrayal of national values. Almost half the US population was under 25 at the time. I’m not sure how spiritual they were, but, speaking personally, I did feel betrayed, conflicted and rebellious. 

It was March, 1968, and the US Senate had opened an investigation on the Tonkin Gulf Resolution, passed four years earlier. The resolution had given President Johnson a blank check to wage war in Vietnam, based on a trumped-up military incident. Half a million troops were mobilized as American leaders used communist fears and falling dominoes to rationalize a major invasion. 

The operative logic was that it might be necessary to destroy the country in order to save it.

For a moment the storm clouds parted. Eugene McCarthy, an ardent opponent of the war, won an encouraging 42 percent of the Democratic Presidential primary vote in New Hampshire. Four days later, Robert Kennedy officially entered the race. By the end of the month Johnson announced that he wouldn’t seek re-election. It felt like history was speeding up and moving forward. But on the same day Kennedy announced his run, American troops lined up hundreds of old men, women and children in a South Vietnamese village, Mai Lai, and killed them. It was one of several massacres that were hidden for two years. 

Just as the country looked for a way out, it was losing its soul.

In the midst of this chaos the prescient muckraker I.F. Stone wrote something in his weekly newsletter that stuck with me. “Everywhere we talk liberty and social reform,” he warned, “but we end up by allying ourselves with native oligarchies and military cliques — just as we have done in Vietnam. In the showdown, we reach for the gun.”

As if hammering that home, a few weeks later, two months before I graduated from Syracuse University, a shot rang out in Memphis and ended the life of Martin Luther King Jr. A political assasination, five years after the death of President Kennedy, this one was possibly linked to a racist (and perhaps FBI) conspiracy. In the days that followed, riots erupted in at least 125 American cities, resulting in more than 20,000 arrests and the mobilization of federal troops and the National Guard. Like millions of others, I was stunned, confused, angry, and scared. Two months later, just after I moved to Vermont, Robert Kennedy was assassinated in Los Angeles on the night he won the California primary.

The war had come home with brutal violence and death. In the first five months of the year, almost 10,000 soldiers died in Vietnam, more than in all of 1967. By July, there had been over 200 major demonstrations on campuses across the country. Yet despite the obvious signs of domestic unrest, especially about the war, it continued to escalate. And the domestic repression was just beginning.

After my last classes and a few goodbyes, I didn’t even hang around for the graduation ceremonies. Instead, I packed a suitcase, stored my Yamaha bike, and drove to Bennington. Nestled between Albany and Western Mass in southern Vermont, it felt like an escape from the urban rat race, high-energy aggression and ruthless competition, mass anxiety and gnawing fear. 

Out there, but not too far… 

***

Managing Chaos: Adventures in Alternative Media 

It is an eye-witness account that explores the unique, tumultuous history of Pacifica radio and alternative media in America. Filled with episodes from an eclectic career, Greg Guma’s new book discusses the evolution of radio and television, the impacts of concentrated media ownership, the rise of the alternative press, his complex relationship with Bernie Sanders, his work in Vermont before and during a progressive revolution that changed the state’s power structure, and decades later, what happened while he managed the original listener-supported radio network. Here is another excerpt.

Siege Mentality

In-person meetings of Pacifica’s national board were all-weekend affairs. Really more than a weekend: Managers and staff began arriving Wednesday for a full-day, staff-only summit on Thursday. Held every three months, these quarterly rituals took considerable energy and preparation time.

The location rotated according to a mandated sequence, another bylaw restriction created by the reformers who recaptured the network, evidently designed to equalize local participation. The trouble was that housing dozens of people for days in a venue like New York, plus a meeting space large enough to accommodate an audience and “public comments” from activists, could cost double the price of the same digs in Houston. But a summer session in Texas could be unbearable. It was arbitrary, uncomfortable, and sometimes unnecessarily costly.

On the other hand, the gatherings brought together people from disparate communities and cultures across the country. If the vibe was right, an in-person PNB meeting could build momentum behind new ideas. My plan for the March 2006 session in Los Angeles, two months after I started work, was to lay out problems and win early “buy in” for a network-oriented response. Not to reach consensus. It was more like critical mass.

As Affiliates Program Coordinator Ursula Ruedenberg delicately put it during a “thematic” discussion that weekend, national programming “is very thorny just beneath the surface. It set the stage for what happened in the ‘90s. There began to be pressure to work as a national network,” she recalled, “and that process aroused all sorts of issues.”

The timing and location looked right. The board was about to adopt a National Programming Policy, which would trigger the hiring of a coordinator. Theoretically, he or she could pull together people and programs across the country. Meanwhile, outside the hotel in the streets of Los Angeles, over a half a million people were gathering for “La Gran Marcha,” part of a nationwide protest against a proposed law to raise penalties for illegal immigration and classify the undocumented — or anyone who helped them — as felons. 

Over the next few days hundreds of thousands also showed up for rallies in places like Denver, Cleveland, Columbus, Detroit, and Nashville. In the wider debate over immigration these protests not only demonstrated opposition to the bill, they called for a “path to legalization” for the millions of people entering the country without documents or permission.

Living in Los Angeles more than a decade earlier, I’d watched immigration politics play a role during the riots of 1992. Border Patrol cops deployed in Latino communities arrested more than 1,000 people. Afterward, the INS began work with the Pentagon’s Center for Low-Intensity Conflict and the line between civilian and military operations was largely erased. Human Rights Watch accused border cops of routine abuse, a pattern of beatings, shootings, rapes, and deaths. In June 1995, detainees in a private jail had rioted after being tortured by guards.

In some ways, Southern California embodied both the American Dream and the right’s cultural nightmare. A confluence of climate, capital and demographics had made it an international zone and the world’s image capital. By the early 21st century, the City of Angels was populated heavily by brown and black residents, many of them recent immigrants. It would soon be more than 40 percent Hispanic, 12 percent Asian, 10 percent Black, and less than 40 percent European-American. As David Rieff noted in his book, Los Angeles: Capital of the Third World, the rest of the country, and possibly the world, would likely follow the L.A. model.

Moving to New Mexico in 1996, I ran a non-profit that provided legal support for both legal and undocumented immigrants. By then the border had become a battlefield. Government strategies for combating undocumented immigration had remilitarized the entire region. The recently-passed North American Free Trade Agreement meshed neatly with more obvious aspects of low-intensity conflict doctrine. The definition of immigration and drug trafficking as “national security” issues brought military thought and tactics into domestic affairs. Just as the projection of a “communist menace” had been a smokescreen for post-war expansionism, a “Brown wave,” the “Drug War” and terrorism were used as pretexts for military-industrial penetration.

Immersing myself in immigration law and regional race politics, I developed a coalition of sympathetic groups to fight back against the most draconian aspects of a new immigration reform law. We staged public rallies in Albuquerque, and brought Latino and Asian spokesmen to Santa Fe to testify at legislative hearings. 

Defending the rights of immigrants was a perfect focus for Pacifica, and the national board promptly took time out to join the march. For KPFK it was a golden programming opportunity. The station went live for five hours that day, airing reports and coverage in Spanish and English, the first show of its kind. Yet the other sister stations didn’t take it as a national feed, preferring local coverage or the usual shows.

Latino programming was at the top of the agenda. Largely at the urging of KPFK, the board had decided that a daily Spanish language news show should be launched nationally. New York and DC Latino activists were lobbying for more airtime. They had a practical point. The demographic trends in signal areas and nationally pointed to a large “under-served” audience. According to Arbitron, Latinos spent more time listening to the radio than any other ethnic group. 

In fact, Spanish-language media — Univision, Telemundo and radio stations — had helped to mobilize people for the immigration protests. In L.A. , Eddie “Piolin” Sotelo, a Spanish radio personality, persuaded friends at other stations to rally listeners and cover the event. But commercial radio’s interest in the issue was likely to fade, while Pacifica, if it made a sustained commitment, could build a large and loyal new listenership.

“I’m feeling a lot of pressure for change,” I told the board, “people waiting to see whether I will take sides, and waiting to judge. I’m bound to disappoint some people. There’s really no way to satisfy all of the expectations.” It might be possible to find common ground, I allowed, but winner-take-all wasn’t the best starting point. 

“What we have, with certain exceptions, is a siege mentality,” I reminded them, “sometimes referred to as protecting turf.”…

From the Epilogue

Pacifica had been through a decade of internal struggle when I arrived in Berkeley. Worried about a possible corporate takeover, members of the staff, board and volunteers at the stations had fought back, and eventually created a new, more democratic governance structure. You might even call it hyper-democratic. But also incomplete, unwieldy and difficult to amend. It didn’t prevent factions from forming at various stations. In fact, it seemed to produce contested board elections and bitter charges that the process was unfair, even rigged. 

In January 2006 the organization was battle-weary, but recovering and financially stable. The next two years were more peaceful than most. But the animosity and tribalism didn’t vanish. Rather than become the center of yet another internal power struggle, I stepped aside to make way for the next chief executive, someone who had been fired years before. 

As it turns out, she didn’t appreciate the new democratic structure and stayed for less than a year. Six years after that, one of her successors barricaded herself inside the national office rather than accept a replacement. The mood had gone from suspicious to openly hostile.

Personally, it was a productive decade. Despite the warning before becoming ED, I did work again. Once back in Vermont, I returned to writing and journalism, and wrote about Burlington and national politics for VTDigger.com, a new online platform that established itself as a leading news source. Gannett still owned the Burlington Free Press, but it was no longer a Vermont media leader and not much of a daily. Now a top news source was Seven Days, a robust print weekly that succeeded the Vanguard Press and provided breaking news through an effective online platform. 

After the Democrats resumed control of City Hall, I also ran for mayor, something I had postponed for decades, ever since stepping aside for Bernie. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Greg Guma is author, historian, and former CEO of Pacifica Radio. He chronicled Vermont history in The People’s Republic: Vermont and the Sanders Revolution and Restless Spirits & Popular Movements. His recent book, Prisoners of the Real, looks at the costs of expedient answers, authoritarian strategies, and a preoccupation with control and toward liberated groups that offer new opportunities and real choice.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Vietnam War protestors march at the Pentagon in Washington, DC on October 21, 1967. (Photo credit: Frank Wolfe / LBJ Library / Wikimedia)

---

Managing Chaos: Adventures in Alternative Media

Author: Greg Guma

ASIN: ‎B0D9RXBTQH

Publisher: ‎Independently published (July 25, 2024)

Paperback: ‎317 pages

ISBN-13:‎ 979-8324478988

An eye-witness account that explores the unique, tumultuous history of Pacifica radio and alternative media in America.

Filled with episodes from an eclectic career, Greg Guma’s 15th book discusses the evolution of radio and television, the impacts of concentrated media ownership, the rise of the alternative press, his complex relationship with Bernie Sanders, his work in Vermont before and during a progressive revolution that changed the state’s power structure, and decades later, what happened while he managed the original listener-supported radio network.

Weaving together an intimate chronicle of what he saw as Pacifica’s post-revolutionary CEO and episodes from his earlier life as a stressed out student, rookie reporter, radical organizer and unconventional editor, Guma explores the challenges of maintaining democratic institutions in a culture of distrust and polarization, of striking the delicate balance between truth and advocacy, observation and participation, and of handling conflicts with persuasion instead of force.

Managing Chaos is a media saga, a personal story, and a cautionary tale.

Click here to purchase.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

In the history book Killing Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II, the late great author and journalist William Blum documented more than fifty documented incidences of military or covert U.S. interventions on countries around the world. The book shows that the aim of these many interventions, from Albania to Zaire being in service of democracies is hard to justify, especially as a large percentage of these displays of “the American Way” were actually used against democratic countries. [1]

He, together with figures like Noam Chomsky, Alexander Cockburn, and Howard Zinn distinguished himself as a prominent U.S. foreign policy critic and incited both praise and criticism for daring to speak out on a subject that smeared the profile of the world’s biggest champion of “democracy and human rights.” Hence, a lot of listeners out there are prepared to question the latest conflict with another major threat equated with the likes of Adolf Hitler.

Seldom, however, is the country of Canada equated with the U.S. in this regard. Even people who may not be friendly with the Prime Minister of the day are not seen by the people of Canada as launching a war, or aiding in the destruction of a democracy. From a young age, Canadians are trained to see Canada as a champion of democracy that tries through diplomacy and good will to aid nations in their struggles to hold and maintain democracy. And in war, they “punch above their weight” in order to ensure democracy. [2]

But author Yves Engler is one author who continues to relentlessly soil this vision of Canada as the Boy Scouts (and Girl Scouts) on the world stage. Together with his co-author Owen Schalk, Yves takes the Northern community on a discursion similar to William Blum’s epic journey of the more than 20 elected governments around the globe – from Mohammad Mossadegh in Iran to Patrice Lumumba in Congo, to Salvador Allende in Chile to Jean Bertrand Aristide in Haiti – that has witnessed Canada’s participation in coups and ousting of governments. [3]

The replacing authorities have less to do with the failings of democracy as devotees to traditional imperatives understand them, and more to do with furthering the corporate and imperial goals of the governments in office. Both Liberal and Conservative governments are complicit iin this endeavour.

On this week’s Global Research News Hour, we bring the listeners a talk, organized in the University of Winnipeg campus within the UW Hive on the evening of June 20, 2024. Owen Schalk was present at the talk. Yves Engler appeared via Zoom. The talk was sponsored by Peace Alliance Winnipeg and host station CKUW.

It was recorded with the assistance of videographer Paul Graham. Video of this talk is available here:

a

a

Owen Schalk is an independent researcher and writer whose work focuses on domestic and foreign policy. His articles have been published by Alborada, Monthly Review and Protean magazine, and he contributes a weekly column to Canadian Dimension. He is the co-author of Canada’s Long Fight Against Democracy, 2024 and also the author of Canada in Afghanistan: A Story of Military, Diplomatic, Political and Media Failure, 2003-2023, James Lorimer & Co., 2023. He lives in Petersfield, Manitoba, Canada.
 
Yves Engler is one of Canada’s foremost Canadian foreign policy critics and dissidents. He is the author of ten books on Canadian foreign policy including Canada’s Long Fight Against Democracy (with Owen Schalk) (2024) and Stand on Guard for Whom?: A People’s History of the Canadian Military (2021). His articles have appeared at globalresearch.ca, rabble.ca, canadiandimension.com, and on his own site yvesengler.com.

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

 

St. Peter’s Episcopal Church was the scene of an extended press conference held by the Detroit Coalition for Police Transparency and Accountability (DCPTA) on July 24.

The DCPTA was founded in July 2020 amid the mass demonstrations and rebellions around the United States and the world in the aftermath of the police executions of George Floyd, Breonna Taylor, Hakim Littleton, among others.

In a memorandum sent to Kristen Clarke, Assistant Attorney General, U.S. Department of Justice on April 23, the DCPTA once again requested a DOJ investigation of the Detroit Police Department for its use of excessive force, killings, racial discrimination, misconduct and the ineffective oversight by the Detroit Board of Police Commissioners. In earlier years, the Department of Justice conducted a widespread investigation into the DPD between 2000-2003 which resulted in the imposition of two federal consent decrees aimed at reforms related to the use of deadly force and the horrendous conditions then in existence at the police lockups.

The consent decrees were in force during the period of 2003 to 2014. The federal judicial consent judgment which enacted the decrees was lifted during the illegally declared bankruptcy in Detroit during 2013-2014.

Several federally appointed monitors failed to ensure that the measures mandated by the consent decrees were implemented by the DPD. The abuse by police has continued past the era of the consent decrees until the present period.

DCPTA press conference audience

The press conference on July 24 was chaired by Yvonne Jones of the DCPTA. A broad range of speakers detailed their experiences and observations regarding police misconduct in the city over the last four years.

These speakers included representatives from the DCPTA, Detroit Will Breath (DWB), residents of the southwest side of Detroit which is predominantly Latin American, religious leaders and the National Lawyers Guild (NLG). The incidents of abuse and police killings have not led to a renewed intervention by the DOJ despite repeated pleas from DCPTA.

A similar press conference was held two years ago outside the Cass Commons in Midtown where the first memorandum was submitted to the DOJ. At the 2022 press conference, DCPTA members warned that the incidents of brutality and killings would continue if the federal and local authorities did not take immediate action.

Image: DCPTA press conference with Nakia Renee-Wallace

At the July 24 press conference, Nakia-Rene Wallace, a co-founder of Detroit Will Breath, spoke to the role of the police in Black and Brown communities in Detroit and around the country. Wallace emphasized that the purpose of the police was to suppress the political and cultural activities of people of color. She cited the violent destruction of the Wayne State University Palestine solidarity encampment which lasted for one week before it was ordered removed by WSU President Espy.

The destruction of the encampment, named by students as the Free University of Gaza, followed a national pattern of repression which could have only been coordinated by the White House and its DOJ. Over 3,000 students, faculty and community activists were arrested during the winter and spring as many were charged with misdemeanors and felonies. Many students were expelled from their campuses, evicted from campus housing and denied their degrees.

Bill Wylie-Kellerman, the retired pastor of St. Peter’s Episcopal Church where the press conference was held, read a letter to WSU President Kimberly Andrews Espy, Provost Laurie M. Lauzon Clabo and the Board of Governors which was signed by 70 clergy and religious leaders on June 26. The letter condemned the actions of the WSU administration for their refusal to negotiate with the Students for Justice in Palestine and other organizations which demanded the full disclosure and divestment from the State of Israel and entities conducting business with the apartheid state.

The letter read in part that:

“We understand the demands of the students—the divestment from war and weapons manufacturing—to be a good and just pursuit for which you should take pride as university leadership. Instead, you authorized the deployment of riot police and the use of brutal force against members of our communities, including the violent removal of a woman’s hijab, a grave violation of the Islamic faith.”

This letter went on to say:

“We write to express our deep disappointment in the decisions that you made as leaders and to ask the following of you:

1. Take meaningful steps toward reconciliation with the students and community members you have harmed, beginning with formal apologies to each.

2. Commit to meeting with members of Students for Justice in Palestine to truly listen to their concerns and hopes for a more just and equitable world.

3. Give a promise to your university community and communities across Southeast Michigan that you will refrain from militarized use of force against students in the future.

Violence against students and community members who peacefully advocate for their belief runs counter to each of our faith traditions, and to the basic tenets of human dignity. As an interfaith group of leaders, we urge the university to uphold the principles of justice, equity, and respect for all individuals.”

Other Recent Incidents of Police Misconduct

On the southwest side of Detroit, police broke up the annual Cinco de Mayo celebrations which have been held for decades. Community members and small businesses were physically attacked and ticketed in early May.

A young woman talked about her abuse at the hands of the police. She was injured on her arms and ticketed by officers. The citation had no charges listed with no court date set for a hearing. Another young person addressed the police harassment of cultural workers preparing for the annual event called “Southwest Fest”.

In the April 23 updated memorandum from the DCPTA to the DOJ it documented additional incidents of misconduct at the hand of the Detroit police. Some of these incidents which occurred during 2023 remain unresolved by the Board of Police Commissioners and the local courts.

These incidents documented include:

“Daryl Vance, 71, on September 1, 2023, was punched in the face by Office Juwan Brown, causing the victim to hit his head on the concrete, resulting in his death. (Later the courts refused to hold the officer over for a trial on murder charges). Just two days earlier, officers assaulted a young man in front of his home which was caught on a body worn camera and home camera. The Assistant Chief reported to the media that it was a traffic stop, then later a different Assistant Chief told the Board of Police Commissioners that it was a pedestrian stop. On July 29 and 30, 2023, two officers were charged in two separate incidents—one for criminal sexual conduct and the other for brandishing a firearm in a road rage. An assaultive rant utilizing profanity was carried out in a city residential home. This officer was placed on administrative duty and returned to full duty on the streets while the investigation remained in progress. The officer was only returned to administrative duty after the Office of the Chief Investigator brought the matter to the Board of Police Commissioners and to the public’s attention in a meeting. A vehicle was illegally searched on May 4, 2023, as efforts were made to obscure the video capture by positioning the subjects of the search. On January 2 of the same year, police shot an animal without cause.”

The officers involved in these incidents have not been properly disciplined by the Board of Police Commissioners or the courts. Consequently, the DCPTA has criticized the failure of the Commission to exercise its authority mandated by the City of Detroit Charter.

Detroit has a long and sordid history of police misconduct. A research project at the University of Michigan Department of History has compiled thousands of pages of files documenting the excesses of the police dating back to 1957. (See this)

These problems related to police misconduct are rooted within the racist capitalist system in the U.S. In order to abolish this process, there must be a frontal assault on the institutions which govern the country aimed at its eradication and complete social transformation.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: DCPTA press conference chair Yvonne Jones (All images in this article are from the author)

As all military brass who have ascended to the highest ranks — which are political appointments, not meritocratic ones — tend to do, the pudgy careerist hack who cosplays as soldier, Gen. Mark Milley, former chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, has been on a cash-grab bonanza since his “retirement” from “public service” last year.

Via The Intercept (emphasis added):

“Since retiring from the military last year, former Chair of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Army Gen. Mark Milley has become a senior adviser to JPMorgan Chase bank, joined the faculties of Princeton and Georgetown, and embraced the lucrative paid speaking circuit. From military pay of $204,000 a year, Milley is sure to skyrocket to compensation in the millions, especially because he is represented by the same high-powered speakers’ agency as Hillary Clinton, who faced criticism in 2016 for her paid speeches to investment bank Goldman Sachs.”

It was at one of these high-powered conferences of corporate state power brokers that Milley predicted, with apparently very limited concern over its devastating implications, that up to a third of U.S. military personnel will be robots in as little as ten years.

Via Natural News (emphasis added):

“The 20th chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff has predicted that robots and other smart machinery could end up replacing up to one-third of the United States Armed Forces within the next 10 to 15 years.

For years, militaries have been experimenting with various robotic and AI technologies, such as armed drones, robotic dogs and mechanical mules. And now, with advancements in the defense industry, these technologies are now becoming more viable…

During Axios’ Future of Defense event on July 11, retired Army Gen. Mark Milley noted that the number of human troops is likely to decrease as unmanned and artificial intelligence-driven tools become more prevalent in warfare tactics.

‘Ten to fifteen years from now, my guess is a third – maybe 25 percent to a third of the U.S. military will be robotic,’ said Milley.”

Of course, robot soldiers don’t ask questions; they don’t have moral qualms; they don’t require lifelong healthcare from the VA for PTSD or hazard pay or compensation when their robot limbs get blown off; they don’t have the capacity to say no to unconstitutional orders; indeed, they have no inherent allegiance to the Constitution whatsoever, only to the interests they would be programmed to serve by whomever programmed them.

The advantages to the technocracy of swapping humans out for machines are myriad.

The techno-obsessed Chinese Communist Party — because of course it is — is likewise eager to get in on the robot Rambo action.

Via Futurism (emphasis added):

“Last week, Agence France-Presse reported that China had flaunted the gun-carrying robodogs in a 15-day joint military exercise with Cambodia dubbed the ‘Golden Dragon.’

And if images of the literal killing machines weren’t troubling enough, a new video of the robots released yesterday by the state-owned broadcaster China Central Television shows the killing machine dutifully hopping and diving, leading teams in reconnaissance, and shooting its back-strapped machine gun at targets.

‘It can serve as a new member in our urban combat operations,’ says a soldier featured in the two-minute clip, ‘replacing our members to conduct reconnaissance and identify [the] enemy and strike the target.’

According to the report, the quadrupedal robodogs — specifically, the China-based robotics firm Unitree’s $2,800 Go2 models — can ‘operate’ on their own from anywhere between two and four hours.”

“It’s only going to get weirder. The level of contradiction is going to rise excruciatingly even beyond the excruciating present levels of contradiction. So, I think it’s just going to get weirder and weirder and weirder and, finally, it’s going to be so weird that people are going to have to talk about how weird it is….” -Terrence McKenna

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Follow his stuff via Substack. Also, keep tabs via Twitter.

On July 23 the UN Envoy for Yemen Hans Grundberg informed the Security Council that recent developments in the Red Sea, Israel and inside Yemen “show the real danger of a devastating region-wide escalation.” This statement was made in the context of Israel’s air strike on Yemen and the preceding strikes by the Houthi rebels against Israel and ships in the Red Sea.

Further Grundberg noted with distress, “It is alarming that there are no signs of de-escalation, let alone solution.” While this escalation is deeply worrying in itself, what is no less worrying is the impact this can have on the already very serious humanitarian crisis in the country. While attacks and the resulting damage can deepen the humanitarian crisis, these also increase the possibilities of disruption of humanitarian aid.

In 2020 when the USA had suddenly made big cuts in the humanitarian aid for Yemen, along with cuts made by Saudi Arabia and UAE, this had led to terrible results with sudden big increase in hospital admissions of seriously ill and malnourished children.

So what should be clearly decided now is that regardless of political developments, a clear decision should be taken that no cuts in humanitarian assistance will be made.

Amidst all the worrying news, one good development has been that there are reports of the government and Houthi rebels resolving differences to some extent. At the level of the people also, there are growing signs that they want unity and peace. The southern separatists should also respond to the growing need for peace and unity. If internal peace and unity can increase, then at least the distribution of humanitarian assistance can improve significantly so that those most in need can be assured of this help reaching them in time. 

In addition clearly there is need for increasing humanitarian assistance considerably as funds availability just now is considerable short of real needs.

Yemen has a population of 34.7 million and nearly two-thirds of people are in need of humanitarian assistance, although some estimates mention an even higher number.

Yemen is the poorest country of West Asia with high levels of poverty and malnutrition reported even before the present conflict started. In the course of the nine-year conflict during 2015-24 the humanitarian situation has steadily worsened. Some estimates mention nearly 370,000 conflict-related deaths with a high percentage of child deaths. Over 3 million people have been displaced, several of them multiple times. In addition there are several displaced people and refugees from Somalia staying in Yemen. Disease outbreaks and starvation deaths have been reported from time to time. As the number of hungry and vulnerable people is very high, any further deterioration of food availability can lead to famine conditions on a much larger scale and famine deaths.

Clearly in these conditions there is need for increasing humanitarian assistance, internal peace and unity as well as de-escalation of international conflict. Foreign interventions in Yemen’s conflict had considerably aggravated the distress of the people of Yemen at various stages and attempts should be made to at least partially make up for this by increasing humanitarian assistance.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Protecting Earth for Children, A Day in 2071 and Man over Machine. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is licensed under Creative Commons/Felton Davis

Contrary to what Ukrainian state propaganda claims, people are really tired of war and ready for any kind of concessions to end hostilities as soon as possible. According to a recent survey, the number of Ukrainians willing to recognize the Russian New Territories is increasing exponentially, which shows the high level of dissatisfaction with the government’s pro-war measures.

The Kiev International Institute of Sociology recently released data from a study showing that at least 32% of Ukrainians surveyed are ready to “give up” territories in order to achieve peace.

At the end of last year, the same poll indicated only 19% approval among respondents. Earlier, in the first year of the special military operation, the approval rating for Ukraine’s territorial reconfiguration was less than 10%. In practice, this increase makes it clear that people are tired of the conflict, becoming interested in taking any measure that seems efficient to put an end to the violence.

Obviously, the survey was conducted in areas under Ukrainian control, which is why the data should be analyzed considering the high level of political persecution and censorship. It is well-known that many people avoid saying what they really think in Ukraine to evade reprisals from the neo-Nazi dictatorship. In this sense, the real number of people in favor of peace must be even higher.

It is also interesting to note that many of the interviewees stated that they were genuinely concerned about Ukraine’s independence. They stated that it is better to give up the territories already lost and thus preserve what is left of the country to prevent the escalation of the war from generating even more territorial losses for Kiev. The Institute also reported that since February, when the Russians liberated the Donbass city of Avdeevka, the number of people in favor of territorial concessions has increased. This shows that ordinary people are making a correct assessment of the future, understanding that the longer the war lasts, the greater the chances of Russia reintegrating even more territories.

The recent rise may also be related to Russian advances in the north, in the Kharkov region. In addition to Russia’s New Regions, Ukrainian territories have been liberated in the regions close to Russia’s borders to ease military pressure in civilian areas. Kiev has been carrying out daily territorial attacks in the Russian oblasts of Belgorod and Kursk, which has led to the launch of a military operation in Kharkov – which many experts believe will be expanded to Sumy. Obviously, seeing this news, ordinary people understand that the continuation of the war could lead to the capture of even more cities, which makes even pro-Ukrainian citizens support an end to hostilities in accordance with the territorial status quo.

For Russia, all that matters is the guarantee of peace. The reintegration of territories is an exceptional measure that arises precisely from the enemy’s aggressiveness. For Moscow, the calculation is simple: as much territory as necessary must be liberated to prevent Russian borders from being attacked. If the Ukrainians refuse to evacuate troops from the borders, then Moscow is forced to launch a military operation and capture these critical regions, creating barriers against territorial infiltration. For now, the Russian terms are clear: Kiev only needs to recognize the four New Regions and Crimea. However, if the neo-Nazi regime insists on war, it is indeed possible that further reintegration will be carried out in the future in order to prevent Russian civilians from being hit by Ukrainian artillery.

In practice, ordinary Ukrainians are showing more accurate analytical capacity than their decision-makers. The people are seeing that the best way to avoid further territorial losses for Ukraine is precisely by recognizing what has already been lost and cannot be regained – in addition, of course, to providing solid security guarantees through the evacuation of troops and the end of ties with NATO. Continuing the war will only lead to even more losses – both of territories and lives.

Kiev’s forces are weak and close to complete military collapse. There is no chance that a new Ukrainian “counteroffensive” will be effective in retaking the areas liberated by the Russians. Therefore, prolonging hostilities is useless from a pragmatic point of view, leaving Kiev with the only choice left between admitting what it has already lost or fighting and losing even more.

The fact that the Ukrainian people have already understood the reality of the war is proof of how unpopular the pro-war measures of the neo-Nazi junta are. If any peace agreement is put to a popular referendum, even if it involves major territorial concessions, it will certainly receive widespread approval. And that is precisely why the Ukrainian government excludes the people from the decision-making process.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Association, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, military expert. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. You can follow Lucas on X (formerly Twitter) and Telegram.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Benjamin Netanyahu’s speech before Congress was everything you’d expect: packed full of lies and propaganda spin, yet simultaneously very illuminating and revealing.

The Israeli prime minister received no fewer than 58 standing ovations while speaking before both houses of Congress and spewing the most despicable lies you could possibly imagine in his conspicuously American accent. Depending on how politically aware you are, this spectacle could be perceived as either deeply un-American, or as American as it gets.

Netanyahu repeated evidence-free atrocity propaganda about what happened on October 7, falsely asserting that Hamas “burned babies alive” and killed two babies in an attic. He falsely claimed that Hamas “butchered 1,200 people”, pretending it’s not a well-established fact that many of the 1,139 Israeli deaths that day came from both indiscriminate IDF fire and deliberate targeting in implementation of the Hannibal Directive.

"This is what our ruling class has decided will be normal."
~ Aaron Bushnell https://t.co/omrIn5SNr1

— Caitlin Johnstone (@caitoz) July 24, 2024

He made the completely baseless claim that Iran may be paying the anti-genocide demonstrators outside the Capitol Building during his speech, saying,

“When the Tyrants of Tehran, who hang gays from cranes and murder women for not covering their hair, are praising, promoting and funding you, you have officially become Iran’s useful idiots.”

Netanyahu spent minutes ranting and raving about protests in America against his government’s atrocities in Gaza, during which he received a standing ovation from Congress that went on for nearly a minute.

He accused the International Criminal Court of “antisemitism” and “blood libel” for saying that Israel deliberately targets civilians, as though this hasn’t been conclusively established by mountains of evidence like the IDF’s Lavender AI system and statements from doctors describing what can only be deliberate sniper executions of children in Gaza.

He repeated Israel’s evidence-free claim that the only reason people are starving in Gaza is because Hamas is “stealing” all of the aid Israel allows in for itself.

Netanyahu went out of his way to frame Israel’s plight as civilized people against uncivilized barbarians, which only works if you harbor a supremely racist worldview. He kept repeating the word “civilization”, contrasting this with the “barbarism” of Hamas and its supporters, calling Israel’s US-backed military violence “a clash between barbarism and civilization” and saying “Israel fights on the frontline of civilization”.

He made these appeals to the racism that westerners harbor toward middle easterners in the same speech wherein he decried the “outrageous slanders that paint Israel as racist and genocidal”.

Netanyahu said Israel “must retain overriding security control” over Gaza “for the foreseeable future”, an open admission of plans for indefinite military occupation. 

This deluge of lies and racist invective received dozens and dozens of standing ovations. The same political class that’s spent the last eight years shrieking about the threat of misinformation, disinformation and foreign propaganda just normalized and applauded a foreign genocidal war criminal as he stood before Congress telling lie after lie after lie.

You couldn’t ask for a better example of everything Washington stands for than this. Both houses of Congress rising to feverishly applaud one of history’s worst genocidal monsters dozens of times as he lies over and over again is a much better representation of what the US government is about than anything you’ll see during the presidential race from now until November.

This is everything Israel is, and this is everything the US empire is. They’re showing you who they are. Believe them.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research  

Featured image is a screenshot from AP News via Caitlin Johnstone

To my surprise, last Thursday morning there was relatively little coverage of the address to the US Congress delivered by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu last Wednesday afternoon apart from a critical opinion piece that appeared in the New York Times regarding Israel’s war on the Palestinians.

The article, by Megan K. Stack, asserted that

“History will cast Mr. Netanyahu’s visit in deservedly ugly tones. He’s not a guest we should aspire to host, but he is a visitor we deserve. Gaza is our war, too, thanks to the indispensable military aid and political cover the US government has lavished on Israel as the death toll climbs… What exploded as a war of retribution against Hamas has looked increasingly like a broader campaign of annihilation — the slaughter of trapped civilians; the excruciating deaths of thousands of children; the destruction of hospitals, schools and much of the civilian infrastructure.”

Polls have shown for months that more Americans disapprove than approve of the Israeli onslaught in Gaza, but Congress and the White House are not interested in the views of the public when they are on the receiving end of hundreds of millions of dollars in “donations” from Jewish billionaires. Much of the coverage of the Netanyahu appearance in the mainstream media was toothless and even adulatory. It generally reflected what was hailed as Bibi’s “fiery speech” that “did not give an inch” which vowed to continue fighting until “total victory” is achieved. There was some coverage of how Netanyahu went so far as to portray the many thousands of demonstrators, some of whom were pepper-sprayed and arrested, who surrounded the Capitol as “useful idiots paid for by Iran.” The jibe, together with other calls to go to war with Iran, produced cheers and other paroxysms of joy among the leaping and waving Congressmen. Bibi might have been particularly personally aggrieved by Pro-Palestinian protesters successfully having released insects into the Watergate Hotel where he was staying. Online video showed maggots running amok on the dinner table.

BON APPETIT!! MAGGOTS RELEASED ON THE CRIMINAL ZIONIST'S WAR TABLE!
Palestine protestors manufactured chaos at the Watergate Hotel last night so that Netanyahu, Israeli Mossad agents, and the Secret Service had no peace as they continue to terrorize our people. pic.twitter.com/hEc2HzL8Jb

— Palestinian Youth Movement (@palyouthmvmt) July 24, 2024

The Netanyahu speech was light on serious analysis, but heavy on emotional appeals, repeatedly invoking the assertion that he and the United States, in its “ironclad” support of Israel, are fighting to save “civilization” and that “our enemies are your enemies” and “our victory will be your victory.” Predictably, the Congressmen and guests who filled the chamber bobbed up and down applauding wildly after nearly every sentence, producing 53 standing ovations, far exceeding Netanyahu’s record 29 obtained the last time he addressed Congress in 2015.

Notably some Congressmen with active consciences skipped the event, including Nancy Pelosi, who, after the fact, denounced the address in a post on X:

“Benjamin Netanyahu’s presentation in the House Chamber today was by far the worst presentation of any foreign dignitary invited and honored with the privilege of addressing the Congress of the United States. Many of us who love Israel spent time today listening to Israeli citizens whose families have suffered in the wake of the October 7th Hamas terror attack and kidnappings. These families are asking for a ceasefire deal that will bring the hostages home – and we hope the Prime Minister would spend his time achieving that goal.”

Benjamin Netanyahu’s presentation in the House Chamber today was by far the worst presentation of any foreign dignitary invited and honored with the privilege of addressing the Congress of the United States.

Many of us who love Israel spent time today listening to Israeli…

— Nancy Pelosi (@SpeakerPelosi) July 24, 2024

Only one Republican, Tom Massie of Kentucky, did not participate after observing

“Today Congress will undertake political theater on behalf of the State Department. The purpose of having Netanyahu address Congress is to bolster his political standing in Israel and to quell int’l opposition to his war. I don’t feel like being a prop so I won’t be attending.”

Over 100 Congressional interns also boycotted the speech in a coordinated sick-out.

“In an act of protest, many of us have pledged to call in sick today, the day of Netanyahu’s address,” read a statement from boycott participants. “We stand in full solidarity with the victims of Netanyahu’s actions. We call on all members of Congress to boycott the address and take a unified stand against what we believe is a ‘universal evil.’ We urge our representatives to respond to the collective will of the American people and reject any semblance of endorsement of Netanyahu’s actions.”

A substantial number of progressive and moderate Democrats, possibly as many as 136, also did not attend, suggesting that Netanyahu is not well regarded by many in the Democratic Party. Netanyahu spoke for an hour and the over-the-top reception he received from congress suggested that the government’s true loyalty is not to the voters who elected them but rather to a foreign leader who is a war-criminal, implying to some that Bibi is actually de facto the American president and Israel and the US are in practical terms one country, with Israel as the dominant partner in the arrangement. As an American who is deeply concerned about the US collaboration with Israel in what is indisputably a genocide in Gaza, watching this spectacle unfolding before my eyes was probably the most pathetic and humiliating hour which I have experienced in my lifetime. My country has done many bad things in the past century, but this alliance with unmitigated evil is the equivalent of selling one’s soul.

International lawyer John Whitbeck captured the feeling perfectly, writing how

“After virtually every sentence uttered by the notorious war-criminal Benjamin Netanyahu, no matter how inane or blatantly false, virtually all the attending political prostitutes infesting the US Congress rose (53 times!) in a loud standing grovel of homage to their puppet-master, most long and loudly when he condemned pro-justice and anti-genocide protestors on American campuses and on the streets of Washington during his speech… Anyone watching this obscene spectacle could only conclude that the United States of America has ceased to be a respectable independent country and is now, as, indeed, it has been for many years already, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the State of Israel, with shared values which are rightfully rejected by the overwhelming majority of mankind. By their venality, cowardice, moral bankruptcy and near-treason, the American political class is flushing a once great country down history’s toilet, and the Global West, if it does not soon liberate itself from domination by the Israeli-American Empire, risks a similar fate.”

My particular gripe was over the fact that Netanyahu’s speech was full of uncontested lies and grossly exaggerated assumptions designed to get his audience roaring. The falsehoods were certainly recognizable as such by much of the audience, but Netanyahu was not challenged by anyone save only Representative Rashida Tlaib, a Democrat of Michigan and the sole Palestinian-American member of Congress, who attended the speech while holding up a sign while many of her colleagues applauded Netanyahu’s comments. One side of Tlaib’s sign read “GUILTY OF GENOCIDE” and the other read “WAR CRIMINAL.” Perhaps some dissidents in the crowd were intimidated by the threat by House Speaker Mike Johnson, who describes support of Israel as “one of America’s founding principles.” Johnson strategically stationed extra sergeants-at-arms in the chamber to arrest anyone who tried to interrupt Bibi. It is a unique and almost certainly illegal expedient to manage any pushback against favored and protected speakers like Netanyahu. Interestingly, Capitol police did forcibly removed from the rear of the chamber six relatives of Israeli hostages who reportedly attempted to disrupt the speech. One said “I couldn’t take it anymore,” and Jon Polin, the father of Israeli American hostage Hersh Goldberg-Polin, said to reporters “I came here wanting to hear one sentence: ‘Today I announce that the hostages are coming home,’ and I didn’t hear that once.”

Source

Among the lies propagated by Netanyahu was a longish tirade on how humane the Israeli army has been in its conduct of the war, claiming that Hamas

“These monsters raped women, they beheaded men, they burnt babies alive. They killed parents in front of their children and children in front of their parents.”

As has been confirmed by reliable independent sources, that is all a lie, a piece of Israeli government generated propaganda. And he also claimed falsely that the famine taking place in Gaza is a myth as his government has been allowing so many relief trucks to go into the strip that the average Palestinian is getting 3,000 calories of food per day. But my favorite line was his pledge to live at peace with the Palestinians when they stop wanting to “kill Jews.” The reality is, of course, it is the Jews who are killing Palestinians in large numbers using American supplied weapons. The highly respectable British medical journal The Lancet estimates that Israel has already killed more than 186,000 Palestinians since last October most of whom are still buried under the rubble of their homes, but for Netanyahu only Jewish lives matter. And the unrelenting savagery of the Israeli soldiers has also been confirmed by multiple independent sources. Bibi would also do well to read the new Knesset law passed last week that completely rejects the idea of a unilaterally declared sovereign Palestinian state side-by-side with Israel, confirming that Israel’s intentions do not include living at peace with its neighbors.

And so ends another exciting week in what once passed for the Capital of the United States of America. The visit by Netanyahu benefited certain politicians since to be qualified as an American presidential or vice-presidential candidate, you need to be photographed embracing a grinning genocidal psychopath from Israel. It keeps the cash flowing and the newspapers are empowered to tell lies on your behalf. Unfortunately, when the Israeli monsters are being received by their groveling hosts it also speaks most clearly to what we have become as a country while serving as the Israeli lapdog. Washington must finally confront the reality that its bloody close embrace of Israel’s genocidal war in Gaza is not advancing any US interests or promoting regional stability. In fact, it is doing the opposite. What has happened to America is the real tragedy.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from TUR

There’s no mention of their duty to the people in the oath of office that members of Congress take. It says they will support and defend the Constitution from all enemies, foreign and domestic. Maybe, in some regard defending the Constitution would mean doing their job: representing the people that elected them. But today, the architect of the genocide against the Palestinian people walked in and out of the “people’s house” to a standing ovation. He was given more time with our lawmakers than any of us will ever get in our lifetime and he used it to insist he was a good man that was commanding a moral army — insisting they have not killed anyone who did not deserve to have their life ended in the blink of an eye.

There are one thousand indications that our government has no obligation to us. This moment was just one — but it was one I will never let slip my mind. These people are no different than the settlers that gather in lawn chairs, eat popcorn, and cheer when the Israeli military drops bombs on apartment complexes in Gaza. For as long as they’ve been in office, they’ve had a front row seat to the carnage and all they do is gawk and cheer from the sidelines. Every once in a while, someone they are supposed to work for pesters them about their complacency and we are swatted away like flies.

Image: [Muhammad Bhar |Inna lillahi wa inna ilayhi raji’un]

The majority opinion in the United States is against continued support for Israel’s genocidal campaign in Gaza. Stories come out every week that push the needle further. Last week, the story of Muhammad Bhar surfaced and was circulated around the world. Muhammad was my age, 24, and had Down Syndrome. The Israeli military raided his home and let their dog attack him, tearing his arm to shreds. They separated him from his family, and left him in a room all by himself. They ordered his family to leave the house and left Muhammad to die — alone, bleeding, and scared. His family found Muhammad starting to decompose in the room the soldiers left him in. He still had a tourniquet on his arm from when they tried to stop the bleeding. And they just left him there, like he was nothing.

The Israeli military confirmed this story days later and Netanyahu gets a round of applause for his courage and leadership. They don’t even feel the need to lie to the world about their atrocities anymore — letting babies suffocate to death in incubators months ago was the litmus test for what the United States would let slide. Ordering an attack dog on a man with Down Syndrome and locking him in a room to die without his loved ones there to console him wasn’t the red line — because there will never be one.

They gave a standing ovation.

If a man like Benjamin Netanyahu had walked through their home and mangled their children’s bodies so much that they could never forget the way they looked afterward — I wonder if they would still applaud. I wonder if the screams of their family members burning alive in tents would potentially interrupt the thought that told them to clap, the thought that told them to give the man a standing ovation for his perfectly executed slaughter of thousands of human beings.

Some part of me still wanted to believe that these people may still be completely misled — that perhaps they don’t know about the 15,000 children that have been killed. Maybe they haven’t seen what I’ve seen — the little girl with her face falling off, the boy with a missing head, the child with no legs, the mother unwilling to wash her children’s blood off her hands because it is all that is left of them. Maybe they haven’t seen it at all. As thunderous applause rang out for the murderer, there were thousands of people outside trying to signal to the millions of people in Palestine that their turmoil isn’t being ignored. They were pepper sprayed, beaten, and arrested by cops that were trained in Israel.

When I saw the video of the standing ovation, something sunk in me — this is where I was born. This is where both of my parents were born. I have no nation to be loyal to but a nation tripping over themselves to kill my friends’ families. There is bloodlust in the US Congress — and bloodlust seems like the only thing they are loyal to. If there are “enemies” foreign and domestic, I fear they view us as the latter.

I clap for my friends at their comedy shows. I clap for people after they finish a speech at a community event. I sometimes clap when the plane lands, if someone else does it first. To clap for an executioner of children, mothers, fathers and friends — how much did they sell their souls for?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Danaka Katovich is CODEPINK’s National Co-Director. Danaka graduated from DePaul University with a bachelor’s degree in Political Science in November 2020.  This was originally published on Danaka’s Substack, Proof That I’m Alive. You can subscribe here! 

Genocide takes so many forms.

It is the destruction of water treatment plants and the ensuing diseases which incubate and spread disease thanks to the Zionist-imposed filth.

.

.

.

.

It is the destruction of hospitals and the on-going Zionist-imposed siege which deprives patients of needed medications and health care for chronic illnesses.

It is the bombs and bullets which kill civilians as policy, buries them alive as policy.[1]

It is the media messaging which counts only civilians who interface with hospitals and necessarily undercounts the dead and dying, and all those killed by the Western-supported Zionist genocide.[2]

But it is also the deliberate attack on universities, none of which exist now in Gaza. Zionists have destroyed all Palestinian universities.

All of this is part of the genocide tool kit.  All of it is designed to eradicate everything Palestinian from Palestine.

All of it is supported by Western governments.

Shame on us.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017. He writes on his website where this article was originally published.

Notes

(1) Mark Taliano, “This Is What Genocide Looks Like.” Global Research, 06 July, 2024. (This Is What Genocide Looks Like – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 07 July, 2025.

(2) Mark Taliano, “Western-Supported Zionist Genocide and the Pathology of Evil.” Global Research, 06 July, 2024. (Western-Supported Zionist Genocide and the Pathology of Evil – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 25 July, 2024.

See also: https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(24)01169-3/fulltext  

All images in this article are from the author

---

Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

**Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order.

“We are progressively moving forward in the disruption of food systems to be able to grow anything anywhere regardless of climate and environment.” – UAE government, 2023[1]

“Logistics is where the Emirates’ commercial and strategic ambitions overlap.” – Financial Times, 2024[2]

While all eyes are on Gaza, further south in Sudan another atrocious conflict is leading to mass starvation.

The fighting that broke out in April 2023 pits a militant faction called the Rapid Support Forces (RSF) against rival state militias. Both are vying for control of the country and its rich mineral and agricultural resources. More than 14,000 people have been killed, another 33,000 have been injured, some ten million have been displaced and a situation of generalised famine is setting in.[3] The United Arab Emirates (UAE) is alleged to be arming the RSF. Why? In part, observers say, to protect shipments of gold, livestock and crops.[4] Of course, the UAE rebuffs the claim, but evidence speaks otherwise.

In the pursuit of its own food security, the UAE, like other Gulf states, has been getting control of land to develop farm operations in Sudan. Right now, two Emirati firms –International Holding Company (IHC), the country’s largest listed corporation, and Jenaan – are farming over 50,000 hectares there. In 2022, a deal was signed between IHC and the DAL group – owned by one of Sudan’s wealthiest tycoons – to develop an additional 162,000 ha of farmland in Abu Hamad, in the north. This massive farm project, backed by the UAE government, will connect to a brand-new port on the coast of Sudan to be built and operated by the Abu Dhabi Ports Group. The economic stakes around this project are mammoth. But so are the political ones. The current port of Sudan, which the project will completely bypass, is run by the Sudanese government.

Despite being a tremendously wealthy country, due to its massive oil and gas reserves, the UAE is food insecure and depends on other territories for its food supply. This is not new. The UAE has been leaning on other countries for food for decades, as it grows into a financial powerhouse with a predominantly immigrant population. Ever since the food price crisis of 2007-2008, followed by Covid and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, all of which disrupted supplies for Gulf States, the Emirates have amassed some 960,000 hectares of farms overseas. Now, though, these global farm operations are increasingly being tied to the UAE through a tightly controlled network of ports and logistics platforms, all of which are entwined with security concerns.[5]

Outsourced food production does require logistical prowess to move goods from overseas farms to local consumers, and the UAE, with some of the world’s top port companies, aviation providers and warehouse operators, has the capacity for it. But such a logistical empire brings with it a security dimension, which, in the case of the UAE, overlaps with geopolitical and military interests. This can reinforce unequal power relations or worse, as can be seen in Africa. Moreover, the UAE’s long-term ambition is not only to become food self-sufficient, but also to become a central hub in the world’s changing agrifood trade system. This means becoming a critical shipping or airfreight point between Asia, Africa and Europe, with the technological capacity to move food safely and quickly. Given the UAE’s immense spending power and regulatory laxity – think of tax havens and free zones – towards international investors, it may just succeed.

The growing financial, corporate and political power of the UAE in the global food system needs to be held to account, not least because of its direct implications for local communities.

UAE Agrifood Investors

Food security is a priority agenda of the UAE government since the global food crisis of 2007, when it learned that markets – and therefore its unfathomable oil wealth – were not dependable. It went into high gear to change this, starting off with foreign investment, including a string of controversial land and water grabs.[6] Twenty years later, in 2018, the UAE launched a food security strategy which proposes a mix of overseas and domestic investment.[7] Its aim was to see the UAE in the top ten of the global food security index by 2021 (in reality, it was number 35) and number one by 2051. The plan not only involves more overseas farms but also a ramp up in domestic food production to cut the UAE’s reliance on food imports from the current 90%, at a cost of US$14bn a year, to 50%.[8]

The key actors in this scheme are a mix of public and private corporations, often linked to the royal family and state foreign policy. The most powerful is surely the Abu Dhabi Developmental Holding Company or ADQ, one of the country’s sovereign wealth funds.[9] Several others are part of the industrial elite of the UAE. The table below highlights notable players in overseas agrifood investment and their larger interests in infrastructure and geopolitics. As the table reveals, these investments are new, interlinked and growing.

Table 1: UAE overseas agrifood investors with links to logistics & security

Click here to read the full sheet

The logistics piece of this food system strategy revolves mainly around ports and processing. Two Emirati companies, Dubai Ports World and Abu Dhabi Ports Group, are among the world’s top seaport operators. They are building an immense network of terminals around the planet that link back to the main ports of the UAE.[10] Of these, Jebel Ali Port, run by the DP World, is the biggest and newest. The government aims to turn Jebel Ali into a vital transshipment port for global food trade in the years ahead.

Underlying the UAE’s food security strategy is a growing concentration of farmland in the hands of a few key players. The data on land holdings, whether through ownership or lease, has been compiled below, into a separate table and map. Many of these land holdings involve privileged access to water sources as well.[11]

Table 2: Farmland holdings by UAE companies in 2024

Click here to read the full sheet

Regional Power Dynamics in Africa

While UAE agribusiness investments span the world, a few countries in North and East Africa are key targets of geopolitically driven initiatives. Take Egypt. Two government-owned Emirati groups – Al Dahra and Jenaan – are particularly invested in agricultural production in Egypt. Al Dahra operates more than 260,000 ha there, producing cereals and fruits, while Jenaan has holdings of more than 52,000 ha of fruits, dairy farms and fodder crops. Another important investor is International Holding Company (IHC), Abu Dhabi’s largest listed company, chaired by Sheikh Tahnoon bin Zayed Al Nahyan, the Emir’s brother and the country’s National Security Advisor. IHC owns Al Hashemaya, with over 4,000 ha of farmland in Egypt.

UAE and Egypt have good political but very unequal economic relations. In 2024, Al Dahra boasted that for the last three consecutive years it has been “the largest producer of Egypt’s most strategic crop: wheat.” The UAE government is also financing Egypt’s own wheat imports, showing a high level of dependency between the two. Given the strategic importance of Emirati control over ports on the Red Sea and Suez Canal, and its new concession along Egypt’s Mediterranean coast, this dependency may only grow.[12]

It’s another story in the Horn of Africa. In 2018, Djibouti kicked DP World out of the Doraleh Container Terminal, a port that is crucial for moving goods in and out of landlocked Ethiopia. Djibouti claimed that the agreement they had unfairly benefited DP World, so it cancelled the deal, nationalised the port and gave China a share instead. DP World then moved to Berbera in Somaliland, where in exchange for being allowed to run a port it promised to build a road to Hargeira, the capital, and to the border of Ethiopia. On top of this, the UAE is ruthlessly suing Djibouti in court for cancelling their deal and raking in enormous fees.[13]

Further south, UAE food security investors are carving space for themselves in Uganda, Kenya and Tanzania. The government of Uganda is reportedly taking advantage of the war in Sudan to become a new hub for UAE investment.[14] “As Uganda is primarily an agricultural country, it can meet the UAE’s food needs and acquire the UAE’s technology to help add value to Uganda’s agricultural produce,” the Foreign Minister recently put it.[15] President Museveni even signed a deal allowing the UAE to build one of the world’s only agricultural free zones. It is a 2,500 ha park that will serve to process and ship food (sugar, tea, beef and maize are on the table) from Uganda to the UAE. He also granted 7,000 ha to Al Rawabi to develop livestock production. Recently, a member of the UAE royal family who is building a major oil refinery in Hoima, announced that he will provide seven cargo planes and a cold storage centre in Entebbe to boost Uganda food exports. Uganda is already scarred by conflicts that emerge around land granted to foreign investors, so the UAE is reportedly treading cautiously. Still, Museveni is determined. He recently gave the UAE majority rights over Uganda’s information and communication technology backbone, which should raise concerns about national security.[16]

In Tanzania, similar projects have caused an uproar. While the violent expulsion of 70,000 Maasai to make way for a game reserve for UAE royals is ongoing, the government has now signed a deal with DP World, giving it the rights to upgrade and exclusively operate Dar es Salaam port for 30 years. This raised enormous opposition from civil society, political parties and even the courts for unfairly benefiting the UAE and trampling national sovereignty.[17] There is no doubt that this facility will boost the leverage of Emirati agri-investors in the region.

UAE companies have launched new agribusiness projects in other African countries as well. The UAE and Kenya just signed a free trade deal, and now ADQ has committed to invest up to $500mn there, including in food production. In Zambia, the UAE and other Gulf investors are looking at acquiring farmland to produce grains, sugar, beans and seeds, as well as dairy and goat farming.[18] In Zimbabwe, UAE companies are producing tobacco, macadamia nuts, bananas, avocados, citrus and berries for export, with further expansion contingent on gaining access to more farmland.[19]

Outsourcing Production in Asia

Significant new opportunities are opening up for UAE agri-investors in Asia, as well. Some Emirati companies, like Elite Agro and Unifrutti, are already vested in the traditional model of building international agribusiness operations in place likes Indonesia and the Philippines – not directly linked to logistics or security agendas. In Indonesia, Elite Agro was granted rights to 18,000 ha in Central Kalimantan a few years ago. The most recent news is that they are considering investing in the government’s food estate programme.[20] Information on this is scant, however, as they want to avoid protests.[21] In the Philippines, Unifrutti – a major fruit producer for the UAE and international markets – produces bananas on 1,700 ha of plantations.[22]

In India, an important new initiative is taking off. In 2022, the governments of the UAE and India agreed to set up a “food corridor” between the two countries. It involves creating a potentially large number of “food parks” in India, starting in Gujarat, where production will be centralised and then processed for shipment to the UAE. The food parks are free zones, where laws like India’s Essential Commodities Act – which regulates food trade in the public interest – will not apply. The government of the UAE has committed $2bn to the project, while a consortium of UAE companies are ploughing in another $7bn to develop logistics, including top-down processes to meet UAE food safety standards. The initial crops being produced are mangoes, chillis, onions, rice and okra.[23]

The potential scope of this project is far reaching. While it stems from earlier plans developed solely between India and the UAE, it has been launched under the umbrella of the quadrilateral India-Israel-UAE-USA alliance, which grew of out of the Abraham Accords. In essence, India is providing the land and farm labour, Israel and the US are providing the technology and the UAE is providing the market, with Jebel Ali as the key port. If it does take off, we could see it serving the UAE’s longer term agenda of becoming a core hub for global food trade between Asia, Europe and Africa.[24] Already this year, the UAE is planning to bring farm workers over from India, to help the Emirates produce more of their own food domestically (especially in vertical farms) and cut imports. The plan is to bring over 20,000 workers at first, and 200,000 over time.[25]

In Pakistan, the UAE is once again looking to set up farm operations. Earlier attempts during the food and financial crisis of 2008 failed. This time, with the war in Ukraine, things may be different. Things started moving in June 2023 after the High Court of Lahore nixed the army’s plan to hand over 400,000 ha of land for corporate farming in Punjab to China. Instead, a 50-year concession at Karachi Port, as well as three logistics agreements, were signed with AD Ports Group. Two months later, Pakistan’s parliament adopted a bill establishing a Special Investment Facilitation Council to seek investment from Gulf states, particularly in food and agriculture. Saudi Arabia and the UAE are both being solicited, with Al Dahra showing a keen interest from the UAE. The proposal is to set up corporate farms on 40,000 ha by 2030, starting with 2,000 in Punjab. Already in December 2023, the UAE signed US$25bn worth of deals with Pakistan, including in agriculture, potentially starting off with halal meat and date palm production for export to the UAE.

It is important to note that in a lot of this deal making, political strings are pulled so that UAE companies get special dispensations. For example, in March 2024, India had a ban on onion exports because of rising prices at home and its huge importance to the Indian people. The UAE got an exception to the ban so that it could export onions from India regardless. Same in Pakistan. The new investment law reportedly provides a “sovereign guarantee” that UAE investors will be able to continue their food security projects despite any change of leadership in Pakistan. Similarly, when the UAE government bought 45% of the Louis Dreyfus Company in 2020, a side agreement was signed guaranteeing food shipments to UAE in times of supply crises.[26]

Global Patterns

A similar pattern is at work in Europe and the Americas. UAE interests have been pursuing a close relation with the government of Serbia that combines farmland investing and arms sales. In 2013, the UAE Development Fund provided an initial US$400 million loan for Serbian agriculture. Soon after, Al Dahra bought eight Serbian farming companies while Elite Agro also started building its own operations there. In 2018, Al Dahra took over the agricultural assets of PKB Korporacija, the former Yugoslavia’s largest farm, despite the opposition of the Serbian military. How is that? The UAE government has a fixer in Serbia facilitating contracts to develop defence systems as well as arms sales to UAE (which end up in the hands of militants fighting in Syria and Yemen).[27]

In the US, the UAE has been investing, alongside Saudi Arabia, in farm production in water-stressed Arizona for several years now. Al Dahra has over 12,000 ha there to grow alfalfa, which is shipped back to the UAE as hay. Communities in Arizona are up in arms about how these investors have been granted unlimited rights to local water supplies, while ordinary people suffer epic and worsening droughts.[28] To their stupefaction, they’ve learned that the Arizona state pension fund is directly involved as an investor in these projects.[29]

In Latin America, UAE is carefully expanding it footprint. Emirati investors are producing poultry in Brazil and fruit in Chile and Peru. Explorations are ongoing to find farm deals in Mexico and Colombia, with free trade agreements on the offer and business coalitions being set up. UAE has even just become an observer to the Inter-American Institute for Cooperation on Agriculture, where it plans to help shape the region’s food systems.[30]

Taken as a whole, the UAE is racing ahead to consolidate global farming operations (with secure land and water access, and high food safety standards) connected to sophisticated transport logistics (air, road and sea). Its ambitions are not only to produce its own food but to serve as a global trade hub. The new US$150 million project to expand Jebel Ali port is precisely for this purpose.[31] But even smaller ports like Dubai Creek and Deira play an important role in international rice trade with India and Iran. Thanks to a web of global free trade and tax agreements, traders in the UAE can import and re-export products quickly to other markets, without duties coming into the picture.[32] This combination of logistical might and regulatory freedom make the UAE an attractive transshipment route.

Big Ambitions, Deep Concerns

The UAE’s deepening control over international farmland and water resources, in tight coordination with its logistical power and security agendas, is worrisome. The fact that the government wants to shore up food security through domestic production could be a good turn, if they were able to develop truly sustainable systems. While they’re at it, they should address the country’s abysmal record on food waste, too.[33] But taking over land and water resources – especially without local communities’ explicit consent or in areas where hunger is rife – should simply not be allowed.

Unfortunately, the UAE’s overseas farm ambitions are tightly intertwined with geopolitical and financial incentives. And things could get worse. On the one hand, there is a longstanding rivalry between Saudi Arabia and the UAE that pushes both down this path in parallel and acts as an accelerant.[34] On the other hand, the increasing pressure of climate change is being turned into a cover for Gulf States engaged in outsourced food production. The UAE, an increasing power in international climate discussions, has embraced carbon offsetting as a key path to greenwash its own formidable climate footprint.[35] Carbon deals are being made right and left, especially in Africa, to keep forests intact or grow trees on rural territories so that credits can be sold to global polluters. And the new business of carbon farming can both help to fund the UAE’s overseas farms and offset its companies emissions.[36] This new rush for carbon land deals will rob local communities of their food systems and local livelihoods in yet new and pernicious ways.

The mass starvation being waged in Sudan should be a terrible reminder of why agricultural land deals meshed with geopolitical agendas must end.[37] It’s time to call the UAE, and its allies, to account.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Notes

[1] UAE, https://www.moccae.gov.ae/en/knowledge-and-statistics/food-safety.aspx

[2] David Pilling et al, https://www.ft.com/content/388e1690-223f-41a8-a5f2-0c971dbfe6f0

[3] Julian Borger, “‘We need the world to wake up’: Sudan facing world’s deadliest famine in 40 years”, The Guardian, 17 June 2024, https://www.theguardian.com/world/article/2024/jun/17/we-need-the-world-to-wake-up-sudan-facing-worlds-deadliest-famine-in-40-years. For more details, see the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification’s latest alert on Sudan: https://www.ipcinfo.org/ipc-country-analysis/details-map/en/c/1156903/?iso3=SDN

[4] The allegation that UAE is arming the Rapid Support Forces has been established by UN expert groups, Human Rights Watch and several governments, although the UAE denies it. The link to gold and food shipments has been advanced by numerous observers. See for example, “Sudan fighting threatens $50bn Gulf investments”, Middle East Monitor, 24 May 2023, https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20230524-sudan-fighting-threatens-50bn-gulf-investments/

[5] We’re indebted to Christian Henderson and Rafeef Ziadah for making these connections clear. See “Logistics of the neoliberal food regime: circulation, corporate food security and the United Arab Emirates”, New Political Economy, 5 Dec 2022, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13563467.2022.2149721. See also Uusimiir, “One port, one node: The Emirati geostrategic road to Africa”, Somali Forum, Jun 2023, https://community.somaliforum.com/t/one-port-one-node-the-emirati-geostrategic-road-to-africa/2100

[6] A compilation of news reports is available here: https://farmlandgrab.org/cat/47

[7] See https://u.ae/en/about-the-uae/strategies-initiatives-and-awards/strategies-plans-and-visions/environment-and-energy/national-food-security-strategy-2051

[8] By comparison, Saudi Arabia is at 75%. See https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-04-08/uae-to-grow-more-food-in-the-desert-as-pandemic-disrupts-imports and https://fas.usda.gov/data/opportunities-us-agricultural-exports-uae

[9] For a deep dive into sovereign wealth funds and their investments in global agribusiness, see GRAIN, “Will sovereign wealth funds mean less food sovereignty?”, 2023, https://grain.org/e/6976.

[10] Henderson and Ziadah, op cit.

[11] See GRAIN, “Squeezing communities dry: water grabbing by the global food industry”, 21 Sep 2023, https://grain.org/e/7039.

[12] Patrick Werr and Karla Strohecker, “Egypt announces $35 billion UAE investment on Mediterranean coast”, Reuters, 23 Feb 2024, https://www.reuters.com/business/egypt-announces-multi-billion-uae-investment-boost-forex-2024-02-23/

[13] Nosmot Gbadamosi, “The UAE faces pushback on African investments”, Foreign Policy, 8 Nov 2023, https://foreignpolicy.com/2023/11/08/the-uae-faces-pushback-on-african-investments/

[14] “Museveni lends land in bid to make Uganda a regional hub for Emirati trade”, African Intelligence, 10 October 2023, https://www.africaintelligence.com/eastern-africa-and-the-horn/2023/10/10/museveni-lends-land-in-bid-to-make-uganda-a-regional-hub-for-emirati-trade,110064090-art

[15] Gulf Today, “UAE, Kenya finalise Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement”, 23 Feb 2024, https://www.gulftoday.ae/business/2024/02/23/uae-kenya-finalise-comprehensive-economic-partnership-agreement

[16] See Giles Muhami, “Museveni: Give UAE investor 60% of Uganda Telecom, ICT backbone for $250m”, Chimpreports, 27 Feb 2024, https://chimpreports.com/museveni-give-uae-investor-60-of-uganda-telecom-ict-backbone-for-250m/ and George Asiimwe, “UAE prince to provide 7 cargo planes for Uganda’s agro exports”, Chimpreports, 17 Jun 2024, https://chimpreports.com/uae-prince-to-provide-7-cargo-planes-for-ugandas-agro-exports/. See also EIG website: https://www.eastafricangroups.com/sectors and Emirates News Agency, “Ugandan FM: Agriculture-tech synergy to help expand ties with UAE”, 24 Feb 2024, https://www.zawya.com/en/economy/gcc/ugandan-fm-agriculture-tech-synergy-to-help-expand-ties-with-uae-ysun9oog

[17] Beverly Ochieng, “DP World in Tanzania: The UAE firm taking over Africa’s ports”, BBC, 23 Oct 2023, https://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-67199490

[18] Sarah Townsend, “Seeds of Gulf-Africa agribusiness”, Cairo Review of Global Affairs, 11 March 2020, https://www.thecairoreview.com/essays/seeds-of-gulf-africa-agribusiness/

[19] Elite Agro CEO speaking on 24 Feb 2024: https://x.com/Lancell_Rugg1/status/1758115514893631671

[20] Jayanty Nada Shofa , “UAE’s Elite Agro mulls investing in food estate, minister says”, 2 Feb 2024, https://jakartaglobe.id/business/uaes-elite-agro-mulls-investing-in-food-estate-minister-says

[21] “Government agrees to develop agriculture farm and plantation with Elite Agro UAE LLC”, Sampit Prokal, 18 Oct 2023, https://www.farmlandgrab.org/29419

[22] Unifrutti, “Sustainability report 2022”, https://unifruttigroup.com/sito/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Unifrutti-Group-2022-Sustainability-Report.pdf

[23] Michaël Tanchum, “The India-Middle East Food Corridor: How the UAE, Israel, and India are forging a new inter-regional supply chain”, Middle East Institute, 27 Jul 2022, https://www.mei.edu/publications/india-middle-east-food-corridor-how-uae-israel-and-india-are-forging-new-inter and “APEDA facilitates visits of farmer producer organisations (FPOs) to UAE to unlock their export potential”, 7 Mar 2024, https://agriculturepost.com/agribusiness/farmer-producer-organisations/apeda-facilitates-visits-of-farmer-producer-organisations-fpos-to-uae-to-unlock-their-export-potential/

[24] See, for example, the KEZAD project: https://adfoodhub.com/ and Gulf Business, “Dubai breaks ground on mega $150m Agri Terminals facility”, 24 Feb 2024, https://gulfbusiness.com/dubai-breaks-ground-on-agri-terminals-facility/

[25] Subramani Ra Mancombu, “UAE to recruit agri workers to increase farm production, cut imports”, The Hindu Businessline, 2 Jan 2024, https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/economy/agri-business/uae-to-recruit-agri-workers-to-increase-farm-production-cut-imports/article67698132.ece

[26] ADQ, “ADQ enters agreement to acquire stake in Louis Dreyfus Company”, 11 Nov 2020, https://www.adq.ae/newsroom/adq-enters-agreement-to-acquire-stake-in-louis-dreyfus-company/

[27] Vuk Vuksanovic, “Serbia’s best friend in the Arab world: The UAE”, Middle East Institute, 9 Jul 2021, https://www.mei.edu/publications/serbias-best-friend-arab-world-uae

[28] Rob O’Dell and Ian James, “Arizona provides sweet deal to Saudi farm to pump water from Phoenix’s backup supply”, Arizona Republic, 9 Jun 2022, https://eu.azcentral.com/in-depth/news/local/arizona-environment/2022/06/09/arizona-gives-sweet-deal-saudi-farm-pumping-water-state-land/8225377002/

[29] An important film has just been released about this: https://revealnews.org/the-grab/

[30] See Reuters, “Abu Dhabi-owned Unifrutti eyes further Latam growth after fresh acquisitions”, 9 Mar 2024, https://www.reuters.com/markets/deals/abu-dhabi-owned-unifrutti-eyes-further-latam-growth-after-fresh-acquisitions-2024-03-09/; ANI, “UAE invited to join Inter-American Institute for Cooperation on Agriculture as observer country”, 14 Jun 2024, https://www.aninews.in/news/world/middle-east/uae-invited-to-join-inter-american-institute-for-cooperation-on-agriculture-as-observer-country20240614150629/

[31] See Gulf Today, “Jebel Ali to get new Agri Terminals”, 28 Mar 2024, https://www.gulftoday.ae/business/2024/03/28/jebel-ali-to-get-new-agri-terminals.

[32] US Department of Agriculture, Foreign Agricultural Service, “United Arab Emirates: Grain and feed annual”, 5 Apr 2023, https://fas.usda.gov/data/united-arab-emirates-grain-and-feed-annual-6

[33] The UAE ranks among the top nations for per capita waste generation. Nearly 40% of the food prepared every day there is wasted, jumping to 60% during Ramadan. https://dcce.ae/press_releases/our-food-is-damaging-the-environment/

[34] See, for instance, Stratfor, “The Saudi-UAE regional rivalry intensifies”, 27 Jul 2023, https://worldview.stratfor.com/article/saudi-uae-regional-rivalry-intensifies

[35] GRAIN, “The Davos-isation of the climate COP”, 15 Feb 2024, https://grain.org/e/7104

[36] GRAIN, “From land grab to soil grab – the new business of carbon farming”, 24 Feb 2022, https://grain.org/e/6804

[37] Abubakr Omer Dafallah Omer, “Seeds of sovereignty: reshaping Sudan’s food system”, Nov 2023, Siyada, https://en.siyada.org/abubakr-omer/research-and-publications/new-study-seeds-of-sovereignty-reshaping-sudans-food-system/

Featured image: DP World Facebook account

25-year-old woman loses unborn baby and dies days later after suffering headaches, visiting hospital multiple times

By New York Post, 18 days ago

The family of a young Queensland woman are searching for answers after she lost her unborn baby and died eight days later after suffering headaches.

Olivia Harlow died on June 24 at 25 years old after visiting the hospital multiple times and being sent home, her family say.

Stefanie Harlow, Olivia’s sister-in-law and the creator of a fundraising page on behalf of Olivia’s partner Ryan Stephenson, told Daily Mail she went to Royal Brisbane Hospital with headaches and blurred vision at 34 weeks pregnant.

She was allegedly sent home to rest but rushed back to hospital two weeks later, on June 16, when she realized her baby wasn’t moving, and was tragically told her daughter had died.

Click here to read the full article on NYP.

***

My Take…

Australia is one of the most COVID-19 Vaccinated countries in the world.

Young vaccinated Australians are dropping dead by the thousands.

Australia has over 50,000 excess deaths since COVID-19 Vaccine rollout.

Many of these news stories don’t make sense until you read them in the context of COVID-19 Vaccine Injury.

1. A young 25 year old Australian woman, almost certainly COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated (Australians were extremely complaint and women are even more likely to be vaccinated and compliant with government orders)
2. Her unborn baby dies at 34 weeks – this is never explained but extremely common with COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated women (stillbirths are up 55% in Alberta for example)
3. She is diagnosed with multiple brain tumors at 25 years old – COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines cause cancer (Turbo Cancer) and Brain cancers are the 2nd most common Turbo Cancer.
4. She dies within hours of diagnosis as she’s declared brain dead and her life support is turned off.

Note that there is no investigation planned. No investigation of the stillbirth, no investigation of the Turbo Brain Cancer of a healthy 25 year old woman.

This is the new normal in highly COVID-19 Vaccinated countries. We are supposed to accept these deaths as “routine”.

 

 

June 2024 Australian Senate Hearing on Excess Deaths: Dr Jeyanthi Kunadhasan shares how Pfizer manipulated trial results by hiding deaths in the vaccinated arm.

Click here to watch the video

Australia has over 50,000 excess deaths since COVID-19 Vaccine rollout:

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.  

---

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page. 

“My position on vaccines has always been that I’m not anti-vaccine, I’ve said that for 20 years. 

The term “anti-vaxx” applied to me is a pejorative — to discredit me, to silence me, to make people not listen.

I’ve got fully vaccinated, I didn’t take the COVID vaccine but apart from that, I’m fully vaccinated. I take the flu vaccine every year. My seven kids are all fully vaccinated. 

My issue has always been that I wanna get the pharmaceutical industry out of the regulatory process. I want to have good science so we have a very good information possible on efficacy issues and safety issues.”

Click the image or link below to watch the video. 

Link to the interview

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Largest Study of Its Kind Finds Excess Deaths During Pandemic Caused by Public Health Response, Not Virus

Dr. Brenda Baletti, July 22, 2024

Finally, the Search Engine Better Than Google

Dr. Joseph Mercola, July 21, 2024

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

Baxter Dmitry, July 20, 2024

Ophthalmologists Now Ethically Obligated to Denounce COVID-19 Vaccines, as 20,000 New Eye Disorders Are Reported

Lance Johnson, July 24, 2024

Kamala, Heir to the Neoliberal Throne, Promotes Depopulation for Climate Change™

Ben Bartee, July 25, 2024

How Crooks Was Recruited as the Patsy?

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 24, 2024

Biden Refuses to Resign, “A Dangerous President” if He Remains in Office Until January 20, 2025. Plenty of Time to Create Chaos and Disaster?

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, July 22, 2024

Acoustic Evidence Proves Beyond All Doubt More Than One Shooter

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 22, 2024

Agenda to Depopulate the Planet Through COVID Vaccination. Revealed by Government Reports and Pfizer Documents

The Expose, July 21, 2024

Bombshells in the 2024 Elections – Past and Future

Dr. Jack Rasmus, July 23, 2024

What Exactly Is the LGBT Issue?

Emanuel Pastreich, July 22, 2024

Other Than Nuclear War, the Digital Revolution Is Mankind’s Greatest Disaster

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 22, 2024

The Truth About Detoxification — Supporting Your Body’s Natural Processes

Dr. Ashley Armstrong, July 23, 2024

Police Are Lying About Rooftop Confrontation of Alleged Sniper – “The Guys on the Second Floor Were Watching – But They Didn’t Do Anything!”

Benjamin Wetmore, July 22, 2024

13 Nations Sign Agreement to Engineer Global Famine by Destroying Food Supply

Hunter Fielding, June 18, 2024

History: The Federal Reserve Cartel: Freemasons and The House of Rothschild

Dean Henderson, July 20, 2024

Video: Detailed Analysis of Trump Assassination Attempt

Dr. Peter McCullough, July 22, 2024

The Trump Drama Eclipses the Rest of the World – While This Very World Falls Apart

Peter Koenig, July 24, 2024

Did the Dulles Brothers Seal Our Fate?

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 21, 2024

Ireland – Mass Immigration and the Great Reset

Gavin OReilly, July 21, 2024

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

First published on May 24, 2024, Revised on June 19, 2024

***

Introduction

There is a complex history behind Israel’s October 2023 plan to “Wipe Gaza off the Map”. It’s an ongoing genocide, an absolute slaughter, coupled with atrocities:

It’s a criminal undertaking based on Israel’s doctrine of “Justified Vengeance” which was first formulated in 2001.

The “Justified Vengeance” doctrine propounds in no uncertain terms that Palestine (despite its limited military capabilities) is “the Aggressor” and that “Israel has the right to defend itself” which since October 7, 2023 consists in the conduct of a carefully planned genocide against the People of Palestine. 

Paul Larudee begs the question: 

“Is there a point at which the genocide in Gaza becomes egregious enough to provoke other countries to directly intervene in the Gaza Strip to prevent further genocide? 

Can Israel exterminate the entire population without anyone stopping them?”

The answer to that question is provided by the International Criminal Court (ICC) in the form of the most despicable set of accusations directed against Palestinians who are the victims of  “An Act of Genocide” instigated by Israel with the unbending support of most Western governments. 

 

False Flag. “Palestine Attacks Israel” 

Below is the statement of the ICC Prosecutor and King’s Counsel Karim A.A. Khan which accuses Palestine of committing crimes against humanity as well as war crimes, while carefully ignoring the evidence pertaining to Israel’s “false flag” operation which has resulted quite “deliberately” on the part of Netanyahu government in the deaths of innocent Israeli civilians.

 “A false flag” in relation to Israel constitutes a carefully planned Israeli-US intelligence operation which results in the deaths of innocent Israeli civilians.  In turn, Israel will place the blame on the State of Palestine, with view to justifying “A State of Readiness for War” against the Gaza Strip. 

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance.  The October 7, 2023 “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” was not a “surprise attack”.  

It was a False Flag operation carried out by a “faction” (intelligence assets) within Hamas, in close liaison with Mossad and U.S. intelligence. 

The false flag logic –which has resulted in Israeli casualties–, has provided Israel with a justification to undertake a genocide against Palestinians.

On that same day of October 7, 2023 Netanyahu launched a military operation against the Gaza Strip entitled “State of Readiness For War”.  

Had  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” been a “surprise attack” as parroted by the media, Netanyahu’s “State of Readiness For War” could not have been carried out (at short notice) on that same day, namely October 7, 2023. 

Palestinian Children: The Victims of Israeli atrocities

 

It Was Not a “Surprise Attack”

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance.  The October 7, 2023 “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” was not a “surprise attack”.  It was a False Flag operation carried out by a “faction” (intelligence assets) within Hamas, in close liaison with Mossad and U.S. intelligence. 

According to Dr. Philip Giraldi, a renowned analyst and former CIA official:

As a former intelligence officer, I find it impossible to believe that Israel did not have multiple informants inside Gaza as well as electronic listening devices all along the border wall which would have picked up movements of groups and vehicles.

In other words, the whole thing might be a tissue of lies as is often the case. (October 8, 2023)

According to  Efrat Fenigson, former IDF intelligence official (published on October 7, 2023)

There’s no way Israel did not know of what’s coming.

How come border crossings were wide open?

Something is VERY WRONG HERE, something is very strange, this chain of events is very unusual and not typical for the Israeli defense system.

To me this surprise attack seems like a planned operation. On all fronts. 

The Features of the Gaza Fence largely confirm the above statements by Giraldi and Fenigson:

According to Israel’s defence ministry “the barrier includes hundreds of cameras, radars and other sensors, it spans 65km

The ministry said the project’s “smart fence” is more than six metres high and its maritime barrier includes means to detect infiltration by sea and a remote-controlled weapons system.

See also the following article:

Section Commander of the Gaza Fence: “The obstacle is built so that even a fox cannot pass it”. They Let It Happen. The Hamas Attack Was Allowed to Close the Book on Palestine.

By. Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, General Herzl Halevi, and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 9, 2023

---

MICHEL CHOSSUDOVSKY – MIDDLE EAST WAR: A FALSE FLAG LEADING TO MORE FALSE FLAGS?

 

---

“False Flag” in Support of “Israel’s Act of Genocide”

It should be understood that the implementation of the False Flag was carefully coordinated with Israel’s “Act of Genocide” directed against the People of Palestine.

On that same day of October 7, 2023 Netanyahu launched a military operation against the Gaza Strip entitled “State of Readiness For War”.  

Had  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” been a “surprise attack” as parroted by the media, Netanyahu’s “State of Readiness For War”could not have been carried out (at short notice) on that same day, namely October 7, 2023.

There is A Long History of Israeli False Flags

The late  Prof Tanya Reinhart confirmed the formulation in 1997 of a False Flag Agenda entitled “The Green Light to Terror” which consisted in promoting (engineering) suicide attacks against Israeli civilians, citing “the Bloodshed as a Justification” to wage war on Palestine:

“…This is the “green light to terror” theme which the Military Intelligence (Ama”n) has been promoting since 1997, when its anti-Oslo line was consolidated. This theme was since repeated again and again by military circles, and eventually became the mantra of Israeli propaganda… (See Chossudovsky, October 23, 2023)

There is continuity: Israel’s Military Intelligence remains in charge of implementing false flag operations coupled with “Acts of Genocide” directed against Palestine.

For details and analysis on False Flags, See:

Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let It Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”?

By Philip Giraldi and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, May 24, 2024

See also: 

---

“Israel is the Victim of Palestinian Aggression”. The International Criminal Court (ICC) Accuses Palestine

In a bitter irony, the ICC Prosecutor’s accusations against Palestine –which include alleged acts of “Extermination”, “Murder” and “Torture” contends that the State of Israel rather than Palestine is the victim of Genocide: 

According to the ICC Statement, Palestine’s “Act of Aggression” against Israel consists in:

• Extermination as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(b) of the Rome Statute;
• Murder as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(a), and as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i);
• Taking hostages as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(iii);
• Rape and other acts of sexual violence as crimes against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(g), and also as war crimes pursuant to article 8(2)(e)(vi) in the context of captivity;
• Torture as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(f), and also as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i), in the context of captivity;
• Other inhumane acts as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(l)(k), in the context of captivity;
• Cruel treatment as a war crime contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i), in the context of captivity; and
• Outrages upon personal dignity as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(ii), in the context of captivity.

What  these insidious legal statements imply is that the ICC has de facto given “its stamp of approval” to Israel’s “Justified Vengeance” against the People of Palestine, which is currently ongoing. The atrocities committed against Palestinians are beyond description:

”burnt alive after Israeli forces bombed tents” 

Accusations against Hamas

‘Inasmuch as the issue of the False Flag (despite extensive evidence) has been casually dismissed by the ICC, as well as by Western governments and the media:

The accusations against Hamas are meaningless. They should be withdrawn.

The ICC has also denied “Palestine’s Right to Resist Israeli Occupation” under the Fourth Protocol of the Geneva Convention.

International law is unambiguous in its endorsement of “armed struggle” for peoples who seek self-determination under “colonial and foreign domination.”

United Nations resolution 37/43, dated 3 December 1982, “reaffirms the legitimacy of the struggle of peoples for independence, territorial integrity, national unity and liberation from colonial and foreign domination and foreign occupation by all available means, including armed struggle.” Palestine Chronicle (emphasis added)

The Endgame is the Exclusion of Palestinians from their Homeland

The endgame is the exclusion of Palestinians from their homeland.

We are dealing with an absurd “upside down rhetoric” “Mundus inversus” on the part of the ICC Prosecutor. 

The Lie has become the Truth

Amply documented Israel is involved in acts of “Extermination” against Palestinians. Yet it is Israel which is described by the ICC as the “Victim of Palestinian Aggression.” 

The Lie Prevails. International Law is Criminalized

The actual conduct of the genocide against Palestine —confirmed by numerous official Israeli documents to which the ICC had access– are casually ignored by the ICC Prosecutor.

I have reviewed the official ICC statement. There is not a single reference to the word “genocide”. 

What we have on record (which is the object of our analysis) is:

 An official  memorandum –released and declassified (made public) on October 13, 2023– by Israel’s Ministry of Intelligence,

the memorandum confirms Israel’s planning of a Genocide against the People of Palestine.

This intelligence memorandum was prepared well in advance of October 7, 2023. The thrust of the document describes what is currently unfolding, namely the Exclusion of Palestinians from Their Homeland: 

“The forcible and permanent transfer of the Gaza Strip’s 2.2 million Palestinian residents to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula”.

Ask the ICC Prosecutor Karim A. A. Khan: What is the significance of this document? 

Option. C. The Evacuation of the Civilian Population from Gaza to the Sinai

click here or below to access complete document (10 pages)

 

For further details and analysis see: “Wiping Gaza Off the Map”: Israel’s “Secret” Intelligence Memorandum “Option C” by Michel Chossudovsky

The Option C Blueprint: A Criminal Endeavour

The Option C  which was declassified, is the Blueprint of Israel’s War against Palestine (among many classified intelligence documents), the underlying intent of which is to:

Destroy Palestine as a Nation State and Exclude Palestinians from their Homeland.

The Overthrow of Hamas is contemplated, which if carried out would no doubt result in the implementation of the three ICC Hamas Arrest Warrants.

Option C. calls for:

“The Evacuation of the civilian population from Gaza to Sinai”

See details below from the original document (emphasis added)

Israel is to act to evacuate the civilian population to Sinai. In the first stage, tent cities will be established in the area of Sinai.

The next stage includes the establishment of a humanitarian zone to assist the civilian population of Gaza and the construction of cities in a resettled area in northern Sinai.

A sterile zone of several kilometers should be created within Egypt, and the return of the population to activities/residences near the border with Israel should not be allowed.

In addition, a security perimeter should be established in our [Israel’s] territory near the border with Egypt. (Option C)

There are various military and operational dimensions which are currently being implemented.

Whereas the killings, destruction and the engineered famine are not acknowledged in the official government document, they are an integral part of the Option C. Agenda:

Hunger is a creeper. People will survive for months on their bodily reserves and on the little food they can scrape together.

But suddenly, people get under the absolute minimum in bodily assets and mass deaths will start on an industrial scale.

Once erupted, hunger and disease deaths will be enormous.

Holocaust – death brought by Israel on civilians on industrial scale will erupt, if this is not reversed NOW. (Karsten Riise)

With regard to propaganda, lobbying and public relations, the focus is on:

“harnessing the support of the United States and additional pro-Israeli countries for the endeavor”. (Text of Option C)

The role of Egypt in Option C is of course crucial:

Egypt has an obligation under international law to allow the passage of the  population.

Israel must act to promote a broad diplomatic initiative aimed at countries that will support assisting the displaced population and agree to absorb them as refugees.(Option C)

Solidarity with Palestine

It is important as part of the Palestine solidarity movement that Option C be fully understood. It is a criminal endeavor. It is part of Israel’s “Act of Genocide”.

The State of Israel is in blatant violation of the Genocide Convention. And so is the ICC prosecutor. 

For further details and analysis: click here to access complete Option C document (10 pages).

See also:  “Wiping Gaza Off the Map”: Israel’s “Secret” Intelligence Memorandum “Option C” by Michel Chossudovsky

The ICC Prosecutor is a “Double Speak”. 

We are dealing with an absurd “upside down rhetoric” “Mundus inversus” on the part of the ICC Prosecutor.

While the ICC Prosecutor accuses Palestine, he rightfully acknowledges the crimes committed by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Israeli Defence Minister Yoav Gallant, specifically with regard to the starvation of civilians as a method of warfare.

This issue is fundamental. Starvation in the Gaza Strip is ongoing. It’s a crime against humanity. It’s Genocide.

For nearly 8 months, Israel still chokes off nearly all food and other vital supplies to Gaza.

Gaza needs 500 trucks of supply every day, and near-nothing is coming through.

The US pier supplies 25-50 trucks per day, and everything else is closed.

With irregular intervals, reports have come the past months, but never about more than some 100 or 150 trucks on a few days.

Reports about starvation are made public, and this is obviously getting worse. (Karsten Riise, communication to the author)

ICC Prosecutor Karim A. A. Khan’s presentation is cautious.

He essentially contends that “crimes have been committed by both sides” while intimating that “The Fourth Military Power” on the Planet, “Has a Right to Defend Itself” (in the words of Joe Biden on October 7).

The False Flag which constitutes a crime against humanity, is not addressed by the ICC, nor is the issue of the Genocide against the People of Palestine.

The document (above) confirms the State of Israel’s prior intent to implement genocide against the people of Palestine in violation of the Genocide Convention.

ICC Prosecutor Karim A..A. Khan does not want to be accused of “double standards”. 

Netanyahu and Gallant are “The Fall Guys”  

ICC prosecutor Karim Khan KC issued a statement [on May 20] proposing that arrest warrants are issued for Mr Netanyahu, Israel’s defence minister Yoav Gallant, Hamas leader Yahya Sinwar, Mohammed al-Masri, Hamas’s military chief, and Ismail Haniyeh, Hamas’s political leader. (Independent)

Karim Khan’s allegations directed against Netanyahu and Yoav Gallant which are fully corroborated, coupled with arrest warrants, are intent to:

—reach out and mislead the anti-Zionist peace movement,

—provide a sense of (fake) “legitimacy” to the ICC’s far-reaching accusations against Palestine (“extermination and murder”).

— Dispel the existence of a False Flag. Deny Israeli civilian casualties linked to the “False Flag”

—provide a “human face” to Karim Khan KC

Nowhere in the ICC Prosecutor’s report is the issue of “Israel’s genocide directed against the People of Palestine” mentioned.

In this regard, the Arrest Warrants directed by the ICC against the three Hamas leaders serve to:

1. “Side Track” the Strategic Role of the “False Flag Operation“
2. Refute the very existence of a Genocide,
3. Endorse Israel’s “Act of Self Defense” against Palestine.

In regards to the arrest warrants directed against Netanyahu and Gallant, it is highly unlikely that they will be carried out.

(Netanyahu already has a criminal record. In November 2019, he was officially “indicted for breach of trust, accepting bribes, and fraud”)

Of relevance, the CIA has been operating in the background in collaboration with Israeli intelligence.

There are unspoken strategic objectives.

In mid-May 2024, CIA Director Bill Burns was in Cairo for negotiations behind closed doors with both Israeli and Hamas officials, regarding a possible ceasefire.

The three arrest warrants directed against the leaders of Hamas are intended to “confirm” that the alleged October 7, 2023 Act of “Aggression” against Israel was NOT (despite the evidence) part of a “False Flag” (i.e. inside intelligence op. carefully coordinated by Israeli and U.S. intelligence).

The ICC Arrest Warrants directed against Netanyahu and Gallant (which will never be carried out), serve the useful purpose of placing the blame while at the same time deflecting our understanding as to who from a strategic standpoint is behind the conduct of the Genocide directed against the People of Palestine. 

What this does is to distract public opinion. It misleads the peace movement. It creates divisions within the solidarity movement with Palestine.

Big Money Economic Interests

Bear in mind there are powerful economic interests which are supportive of the Genocide.

They have their eyes on Gaza’s Multibillion Offshore Maritime Gas Reserves.

Video: “Wiping Gaza Off The Map”: Big Money Agenda. Confiscating Palestine’s Maritime Natural Gas Reserves

By Felicity Arbuthnot and Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 23, 2024

Anglo-America Controls both the ICC and the IJC 

The ICC Arrest Warrants directed against Netanyahu and Gallant (which will never be carried out), serve the useful purpose of placing the blame while at the same time deflecting our understanding as to who from a strategic standpoint is behind the conduct of the Genocide directed against the People of Palestine. 

What this does is to distract public opinion. It misleads the peace movement. It creates divisions within the solidarity movement with Palestine. 

I should mention that the False Flag issue –which constitutes a crime against humanity on the part of Israel and the U.S.– has been casually ignored both by the International Court of Justice (IJC) (Chief Justice Donahue, former adviser to Hillary Clinton). (January 2024)

And now by the International Criminal Court (ICC) on behalf of His Majesty’s Prosecutor, K.C. (King’s Counsel). 

In this regard, the Arrest Warrants directed against the three Hamas leaders serve not only to Side Track the Role of the “False Flag Operation“, but also to endorse the legitimacy of the Genocide which is portrayed as an Act of Self Defense by Israel.

It is worth noting that the conduct of False Flag Attacks have been endorsed by Netanyahu: 

“Anyone who wants to thwart the establishment of a Palestinian state has to support bolstering Hamas and transferring money to Hamas,” he [Netanyahu] told a meeting of his Likud party’s Knesset members in March 2019. “This is part of our strategy – to isolate the Palestinians in Gaza from the Palestinians in the West Bank.” (Haaretz, October 9, 2023, emphasis added)

The U.N based judicial system is composed of the International Court of Justice (ICJ) and the International Criminal Court (ICC), both of which have deliberately ignored the issue of Genocide against Palestine.  What is at stake is the outright criminalization of the UN judicial system.

The ICC Prosecutor Makes No Reference to “Genocide”

Despite the evidence, the ICC Prosecutor fails to acknowledge that Israel is conducting a Genocide. 

The word Genocide is NOT mentioned in his statement. 

The Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide is not mentioned. 

His statements point to the criminalization of the ICC. 

What is the Truth, What is the Lie? 

The Truth is that “Extermination” and “Murder” are being conducted by Israel, specifically targeting children (click here to access the video, requires Facebook)

 

—Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, May 24, 2024

---

 

Statement of ICC Prosecutor Karim A.A. Khan KC:

Applications for arrest warrants

in the situation in the State of Palestine

link to the ICC

20 May 2024

 

Today I am filing applications for warrants of arrest before Pre-Trial Chamber I of the International Criminal Court in the Situation in the State of Palestine.

.

.

On the basis of evidence collected and examined by my Office, I have reasonable grounds to believe that Yahya SINWAR (Head of the Islamic Resistance Movement (“Hamas”) in the Gaza Strip), Mohammed Diab Ibrahim AL-MASRI, more commonly known as DEIF (Commander-in-Chief of the military wing of Hamas, known as the Al-Qassam Brigades), and Ismail HANIYEH (Head of Hamas Political Bureau) bear criminal responsibility for the following war crimes and crimes against humanity committed on the territory of Israel and the State of Palestine (in the Gaza strip) from at least 7 October 2023: 

• Extermination as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(b) of the Rome Statute;
• Murder as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(a), and as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i);
• Taking hostages as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(iii);
• Rape and other acts of sexual violence as crimes against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(g), and also as war crimes pursuant to article 8(2)(e)(vi) in the context of captivity;
• Torture as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(1)(f), and also as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i), in the context of captivity;
• Other inhumane acts as a crime against humanity, contrary to article 7(l)(k), in the context of captivity;
• Cruel treatment as a war crime contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i), in the context of captivity; and
• Outrages upon personal dignity as a war crime, contrary to article 8(2)(c)(ii), in the context of captivity.

My Office submits that the war crimes alleged in these applications were committed in the context of an international armed conflict between Israel and Palestine, and a non-international armed conflict between Israel and Hamas running in parallel. We submit that the crimes against humanity charged were part of a widespread and systematic attack against the civilian population of Israel by Hamas and other armed groups pursuant to organisational policies. Some of these crimes, in our assessment, continue to this day.

My Office submits there are reasonable grounds to believe that SINWAR, DEIF and HANIYEH are criminally responsible for the killing of hundreds of Israeli civilians in attacks perpetrated by Hamas (in particular its military wing, the al-Qassam Brigades) and other armed groups on 7 October 2023 and the taking of at least 245 hostages. As part of our investigations, my Office has interviewed victims and survivors, including former hostages and eyewitnesses from six major attack locations: Kfar Aza; Holit; the location of the Supernova Music Festival; Be’eri; Nir Oz; and Nahal Oz. The investigation also relies on evidence such as CCTV footage, authenticated audio, photo and video material, statements by Hamas members including the alleged perpetrators named above, and expert evidence.

It is the view of my Office that these individuals planned and instigated the commission of crimes on 7 October 2023, and have through their own actions, including personal visits to hostages shortly after their kidnapping, acknowledged their responsibility for those crimes. We submit that these crimes could not have been committed without their actions. They are charged both as co-perpetrators and as superiors pursuant to Articles 25 and 28 of the Rome Statute.

During my own visit to Kibbutz Be’eri and Kibbutz Kfar Aza, as well as to the site of Supernova Music Festival in Re’im, I saw the devastating scenes of these attacks and the profound impact of the unconscionable crimes charged in the applications filed today. Speaking with survivors, I heard how the love within a family, the deepest bonds between a parent and a child, were contorted to inflict unfathomable pain through calculated cruelty and extreme callousness. These acts demand accountability.

My Office also submits there are reasonable grounds to believe that hostages taken from Israel have been kept in inhumane conditions, and that some have been subject to sexual violence, including rape, while being held in captivity. We have reached that conclusion based on medical records, contemporaneous video and documentary evidence, and interviews with victims and survivors. My Office also continues to investigate reports of sexual violence committed on 7 October.

I wish to express my gratitude to the survivors, and the families of victims of the 7 October attacks, for their courage in coming forward to provide their accounts to my Office. We remain focused on further deepening our investigations of all crimes committed as part of these attacks and will continue to work with all partners to ensure that justice is delivered.

I again reiterate my call for the immediate release of all hostages taken from Israel and for their safe return to their families. This is a fundamental requirement of international humanitarian law.

Benjamin Netanyahu, Yoav Gallant

On the basis of evidence collected and examined by my Office, I have reasonable grounds to believe that Benjamin NETANYAHU, the Prime Minister of Israel, and Yoav GALLANT, the Minister of Defence of Israel, bear criminal responsibility for  the following war crimes and crimes against humanity committed on the territory of the State of Palestine (in the Gaza strip) from at least 8 October 2023:

• Starvation of civilians as a method of warfare as a war crime contrary to article 8(2)(b)(xxv) of the Statute;
• Wilfully causing great suffering, or serious injury to body or health contrary to article 8(2)(a)(iii), or cruel treatment as a war crime contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i);
• Wilful killing contrary to article 8(2)(a)(i), or Murder as a war crime contrary to article 8(2)(c)(i);
• Intentionally directing attacks against a civilian population as a war crime contrary to articles 8(2)(b)(i), or 8(2)(e)(i);
• Extermination and/or murder contrary to articles 7(1)(b) and 7(1)(a), including in the context of deaths caused by starvation, as a crime against humanity;
• Persecution as a crime against humanity contrary to article 7(1)(h);
• Other inhumane acts as crimes against humanity contrary to article 7(1)(k).

My Office submits that the war crimes alleged in these applications were committed in the context of an international armed conflict between Israel and Palestine, and a non-international armed conflict between Israel and Hamas (together with other Palestinian Armed Groups) running in parallel.

We submit that the crimes against humanity charged were committed as part of a widespread and systematic attack against the Palestinian civilian population pursuant to State policy. These crimes, in our assessment, continue to this day.

Click here to read the full text.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from the ICC

O presidente ucraniano, Vladimir Zelensky, parece estar cada vez mais desacreditado entre os políticos do próprio país. Numa declaração recente, o presidente da Câmara de Kiev, Vitaly Klitschko, descreveu as ações do presidente como “suicídio político” e enfatizou o elevado nível de dificuldade para o líder ucraniano continuar a liderar o país no meio do conflito atual, especialmente no que diz respeito a possíveis negociações de paz.

Klitschko afirmou que Zelensky terá muita dificuldade em tentar legitimar qualquer proposta diplomática. Segundo ele, os próximos meses serão extremamente difíceis, pois a pressão pelas negociações de paz aumentará e Zelensky certamente será obrigado a se posicionar sobre o assunto, possivelmente concordando com algumas exigências russas.

O político explica que para finalizar um acordo de paz, Zelensky teria de submeter qualquer proposta a um referendo, o que seria muito complicado, uma vez que a população ucraniana alegadamente não está disposta a aceitar ver o seu país perder territórios. Klitschko acredita que o povo reagirá negativamente a qualquer acordo que resulte na perda dos oblasts ucranianos, razão pela qual Zelensky estaria à beira do “suicídio político”.

Ao mesmo tempo, Klitschko admite que lutar por mais tempo seria catastrófico para a Ucrânia, dados os elevados números de vítimas e a situação social crítica do país. Ele parece ver a situação atual como uma espécie de impasse em que uma negociação é indesejável, ao mesmo tempo que continuar a guerra é também uma opção péssima. Klitschko sublinha também a falta de apoio popular a Zelensky e o fato de o líder ucraniano governar sem legitimidade, uma vez que o seu mandato terminou oficialmente. Klitschko acredita que a melhor coisa que o presidente pode fazer é formar uma coligação de apoio com outros partidos, mas está cético quanto à possibilidade de Zelensky renunciar ao seu poder ditatorial sob a lei marcial.

“Não creio que [Zelensky] possa chegar a acordos tão dolorosos e cruciais sozinho, sem legitimidade pública (…) Como explicar ao país que é necessário desistir de partes do nosso território que custaram a vida de milhares de nossos militares? Seja qual for a decisão que ele tome, ele corre o risco de se matar politicamente. Seria um pesadelo se lutássemos por mais dois anos (…) No entanto, não creio que [Zelensky] esteja disposto a abrir mão do poder concentrado em suas mãos sob a lei marcial”, disse ele durante entrevista ao diário italiano. Corriere della Sera.

Na verdade, há alguns pontos interessantes a serem destacados nas palavras do prefeito. Ele tem razão quando diz que Zelensky se encontra num impasse, mas as suas afirmações de que o povo ucraniano não aceitaria perder territórios parecem não ter base na realidade. O povo ucraniano está cansado da guerra e parece genuinamente interessado em alcançar a paz, apesar dos custos para o “orgulho nacional” ucraniano. Assim, é possível que um referendo mostre um resultado favorável às negociações – e talvez esta seja precisamente uma das razões pelas quais Kiev insiste em agir de forma impopular e ditatorial, excluindo as pessoas comuns do processo de tomada de decisão durante a guerra. .

Por outro lado, deve admitir-se que Zelensky se encontra numa situação política extremamente complicada. Se ele continuar a guerra, o país entrará em colapso; se ele se atrever a negociar a paz, será “removido” pelos seus patrões ocidentais, que querem que as hostilidades aumentem até às últimas consequências. Zelensky não está em condições de tomar qualquer atitude, o que é agravado pelo fato de governar de forma ilegítima, uma vez que o seu mandato terminou oficialmente.

É importante lembrar que esta não é a primeira vez que Klitschko expressa uma opinião crítica sobre o trabalho de Zelensky. O presidente da Câmara de Kiev foi mesmo apontado por vários especialistas como um dos principais nomes para um possível substituto de Zelensky. Quando os EUA começaram a conspirar para tirar Zelensky do poder e eleger um presidente mais “qualificado”, Klitschko mostrou-se um dos maiores entusiastas da “renovação” do cenário político do país, destacando-se como outras figuras públicas ucranianas na corrida para substituir o presidente.

Na época, Zelensky conseguiu neutralizar a ameaça ao seu poder através de expurgos, crimes e prisões de opositores – bem como através do seu principal ato ditatorial, que foi a proibição de eleições. Contudo, tomar medidas autoritárias não libertará Zelensky dos problemas que a presidência lhe traz neste momento. Seu “suicídio político” parece muito próximo, já que todos os seus movimentos o tornam ainda mais impopular e ilegítimo. Com a continuação da guerra e o agravamento da crise de legitimidade, Zelensky não terá definitivamente um bom futuro na política ucraniana.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Zelensky close to “political suicide” – Kiev’s politician, InfoBrics, 23 de julho de 2024.

Imagem InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

[This article was originally published in 2014.]

A 12-year-old Wisconsin girl died just hours after she went to the doctor for a sore throat, and while there, received the HPV vaccine.

Meredith Prohaska died unexpectedly on Wednesday, July 30, 2014 and her family is grasping for answers.

The cause of her death was initially listed as ‘inconclusive’. Three months after her death, the medical examiner determined the HPV vaccine did not cause her death, but instead was caused by a toxic level of an ingredient commonly found in benadryl.

FOX 4 sister station WITI spoke to Meredith’s parents. Her mother recalled the hours before Meredith was found unconscious on the floor.

Click here to view the Fox News Report

That day, Rebecca Prohaska took her daughter to the doctor for a sore throat. While they were there, at about 10:30 or 11:00 a.m., Meredith got her first HPV vaccine.

Rebecca says she remembers getting a handout about possible side effects.

“Thirty minutes later she was trying to sleep. I kept waking her up,” Rebecca Prohaska said.

By 3:30 that afternoon, Rebecca Prohaska went out for a half-hour to get food.

“I came back and I found her on the floor,” Rebecca Prohaska said.

Her mother, who is a 14-year veteran Emergency Medical Technician for the National Guard, performed CPR, but Meredith was pronounced dead at the hospital. She does not agree with the medical examiner’s findings and said she wanted further investigation into Meredith’s allergies and potential reactions.

“The only thing different about that day was that shot. I wish I would’ve known more about it before I agreed to it,” Rebecca Prohaska said.

Prohaska is describes as a girl who loved to be active — swimming and playing basketball while in sixth grade at Butler Middle School.

“I’m a tough guy. I can take a beating — but this has ripped a hole in my heart,” Prohaska’s father, Mark Prohaska said.

The Prohaskas have donated Meredith’s organs and tissue so others can live a healthier life.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Featured image is from COVID Intel

There is competent analysis on the Internet of acoustic evidence indicating more than one shooter involved in the attempt on Trump’s life. Obviously, what is needed is a credible, brave, credentialed acoustic expert to analyze the acoustic evidence. This should be arranged by committees of the US Congress, such as the committees headed by Jim Jordan and James Comer. It is completely clear that neither the FBI, which has been trying to destroy Trump and his supporters for eight years, nor the Secret Service or Homeland Security can be trusted with the investigation. These agencies have zero credibility.

The challenge for the committees of Rep Jordan and Rep Comer is to find an expert who does not hate Trump, who does not earn his living doing police work, and who is brave and solid enough to withstand the denunciation that will be his if he finds more shooters than Crooks.

Are the Republicans up to their responsibility, or are the Republicans content with Kimberly Cheatle’s resignation and the exposure of the Biden regime’s DEI personnel policy? Are Republicans afraid of hurting America’s reputation by possibly revealing a state plot against a presidential candidate?

America cannot survive another assassination or another 9/11 swept under the rug. This time there must be a real investigation, not another coverup left in the hands of the executive branch. Any investigation by the FBI, Homeland Security, the Secret Service is worthless. These are not agencies capable of speaking truth.

A real investigation is urgent. The official narrative is being formed. The attempt on Trump’s life is going to be blamed on “operational failure” resulting from DEI and an inadequately budgeted Secret Service, and the assassination attempt will disappear into performance and budgetary issues.

If there was a deep state assassination attempt and all evidence is not professionally examined, the deep state will have again succeeded and will continue on its path of frustrating the will of the American people.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Kamala, Heir to the Neoliberal Throne, Promotes Depopulation for Climate Change™

By Ben Bartee, July 25, 2024

The Karamel-uh entity overheard the true impetus of the Climate Change™ hoax at some point and didn’t realize or forgot that she’s not supposed to say the quiet part out loud.

Arrest Bibi Netanyahu, Washington DC, 24 July 2024

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, July 24, 2024

The battle to define what passes for reality in the world’s most ailing superpower is becoming hotter than Hades. Benjamin Netanyahu, the primary personification of the genocidal convergence currently linking the governments of Israel and the United States, is about to address the US Congress. Many forces are on the rise that are calling for the severance of the genocidal convergence into question.

Britain Funds Nazis, Condones Political Assassinations, the Odessa Trade Union Massacre and Banning Political Parties

By Rodney Atkinson, July 25, 2024

In recent days, as NATO/EU continues to stoke their war against Russia at the cost of some 500,000 Ukrainian dead and wounded, the NATO Secretary General Stoltenberg called Ukraine a “democratic country.”

‘It’s a Disaster’ – Top Japanese Medical Professor Slams Health Officials Over mRNA Jab

By Daily Telegraph New Zealand, July 25, 2024

In professional magazines the misunderstanding has finally come to light, and now it is understood how dangerous it is to wrap the mRNA into nanoparticles. Every cell engulfs it and the cells transform. This is what I know now. The mechanism is clear. Immediately dissolve the Evaluation Committee and investigate all cases. This is the conclusion. An investigation into all cases.

Five Takeaways from Hungary and Slovakia’s Russian Oil Dispute with Ukraine

By Andrew Korybko, July 24, 2024

Ukraine’s decision last month to stop the transit of Russian oil from Lukoil across its territory has hit Hungary and Slovakia, who have EU sanctions waivers to continue purchasing this resource, very hard. They’ve accordingly requested that the European Commission mediate between them and Kiev on the basis that the latter’s actions violate its 2014 Association Agreement with the bloc.

Netanyahu Will Prolong the War on Gaza Until Trump Takes Office

By Steven Sahiounie, July 24, 2024

Netanyahu has successfully postponed the Gaza ceasefire deal he previously agreed to, kept himself in power and out of jail, and contributed to the decision of US President Joe Biden to leave the race for a second term as president. Netanyahu is betting on Trump.

New Book: Beneath the Mountain. An Anti-Prison Reader. “The Impact of State Terror, the Role of Prisons in Maintaining Social Hierarchy”

By Mumia Abu-Jamal and Jennifer Black, July 25, 2024

Beneath the Mountain: An Anti-Prison Reader (City Lights, 2024) is a collection of revolutionary essays providing a vital core of primary texts and insurgent writings by US dissidents and revolutionaries who experienced state terror and incarceration firsthand.

As far as I am concerned, there are two options here, each of which is equally plausible:

• The Karamel-uh entity overheard the true impetus of the Climate Change™ hoax at some point and didn’t realize or forgot that she’s not supposed to say the quiet part out loud
• The social engineers are simply getting more brazen in their declaration of intentions, and so these comments were intentionally inserted into the Karamel-uh entity’s speech — later to dismiss it as a “gaffe” — to move the Overton window in the direction of global genocide

Either way, these words escaping the lips of a possible future president (and maybe sooner that we realize if the MIA Brandon entity never resurfaces and is declared dead from COVID or domestic terrorism or whatever) should be front page news everywhere.

What explanation I don’t buy is the framing by the White House, relayed via the New York Post uncritically, that this was a “gaffe.”

Via New York Post (emphasis added)

“Vice President Kamala Harris on Friday called on the US to ‘reduce population’ in an effort to combat climate change, but she meant to say ‘reduce pollution,’ according to the White House.

The shocking gaffe happened as the 58-year-old vice president delivered remarks at Coppin State University in Baltimore, Md., on the need to build a ‘clean energy economy.’

‘When we invest in clean energy and electric vehicles and reduce population, more of our children can breathe clean air and drink clean water,’ Harris said, eliciting applause from the audience.

The official White House transcript of her speech acknowledges and corrects Harris’ disquieting error.*

In the transcript, ‘population’ is crossed out and ‘pollution’ is added in brackets to denote what the VP intended to say.”

*This is gaslighting nonsense; shame on the New York Post for printing it. Transcripts are supposed to reflect what was actually said, not edited later on to say whatever the governing authorities would like them to say.

She declares depopulation as the agenda clear as day in the video below:

Did you hear that? Listen again pic.twitter.com/Uh2gyL9mIZ

— TaraBull (@TaraBull808) July 22, 2024

 

Yet, when the transcriptionists got their hands on it, suddenly “population” appears with a strikethrough, replaced with “pollution” in brackets.

Via The White House (emphasis added):

“And so, we set an ambitious goal to cut our greenhouse gas emissions in half by 2030 and to reach net-zero emissions by 2050.  The investment we are announcing today will help us to achieve these goals, and it will do so much more, because think also about the impact on not only the local economy, not only on an investment in the entrepreneurs and innovators from and in the community.  Think about the impact on something like public health.

When we invest in clean energy and electric vehicles and reduce population[pollution], more of our children can breathe clean air and drink clean water.  (Applause.)”

Screenshot of White House document

This, from the self-styled Most Transparent Administration in History™.

Bill Gates — committed eugenicist from a family lineage of eugenicists — committed a similar faux pas in 2010 when he let slip that his actual overriding goal is not merely carbon control for the sake of the environment but reducing global population via vaccine and Climate Change™ deindustrialization:

“The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s headed up to about nine billion. Now, if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by, perhaps, 10 or 15 percent. But there, we see an increase of about 1.3.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Follow his stuff via Substack. Also, keep tabs via Twitter.

Featured image source

Joe Biden’s health and a possible coup in the Democratic Party. (0:03)

Assassination with 10 shots fired, gaps between rounds, and updated information on shooter locations. (5:06)

Audio analysis of five rifle shots in Pittsburgh. (10:27)

Secret Service inaction during JFK assassination attempt. (25:27)

Assassination attempt on President Trump, with focus on Secret Service involvement and lack of recordings. (39:08)

Potential cyber attacks and their impact on America’s infrastructure. (51:13)

Joe Biden’s resignation, internal coup speculation, and reference to “Weekend at Bernie’s” movie. (59:09)

Possible motives behind recent political events and assassination attempt on Trump. (1:06:29)

Potential cyber attack on US banking system to reset economy and debt. (1:13:04)

Political lawlessness and potential military intervention. (1:27:45)

Analyzing news and evaluating sources in a world of propaganda. (1:41:09)

Assassination attempt on President Trump, conspiracy theories, and political unrest. (1:44:36)

US political chaos and international implications. (1:51:20)

Joe Biden’s health and potential replacement as president. (1:58:07)

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research  

Featured image is from the Public Domain

After Biden’s forced resignation from the Democratic race, Donald Trump would have woken up with an unexpected black swan that seriously threatens his triumphant return to the White House after the November elections. The new shining star of the Democratic firmament, Vice President Kamala Harris.

Attack on Trump

Biden’s senility signs, the fentanyl crisis, the high cost of living, the increase of the citizen’s insecurity and the issue of immigration would have sunk Biden’s popularity to historical lows and the polls predicted a triumphant return of Donald Trump to the White House. 

Consequently, after the disastrous debate of Biden against Trump and the failure of the judicial offensive against Trump, the globalists proceeded to the gestation of an exogenous plot to neutralize it by expeditious methods (Magnicidio), a plot that materialized in the Pennsylvania rally and after which Trump became a hero and was nominated by acclamation at the Republican convention held in Wisconsin.

Is Kamala the Black Swan of Trump?

However, following Biden’s resignation from the Democratic race, Donald Trump would have woken up with an unexpected black swan that seriously threatens his triumphant return to the White House after the November elections. The term “black swan” designates an unexpected and unpredictable event that produces consequences on a large scale and which is explainable only after the event and in the case of Trump, that black swan would have taken the form of an ugly duckling ignored by the newfound Democratic swans and become the new shining star in the Democratic firmament, Kamala Harris.

Thus, after receiving the blessings of the Party establishment, Kamala has managed to awaken in the electorate the hope of a Democratic victory, The Commission has been working on a number of proposals for the European Commission’s White Paper on Employment and Social Security, which it is proposing to set up He expects to be nominated by acclamation.

Kamala, the True Peon of Globalists 

The US military-industrial complex would profile for the next five years the recovery of the role of the USA as a world gendarme through an extraordinary increase in foreign interventions to regain unipolarity on the global geopolitical board, following the Wolfowitz Doctrine, which drew “a policy of unilateralism” and “preventive military action to suppress possible threats from other nations and prevent dictatorships from being elevated to the status of a superpower”.

After several corrections, his idea was taken up in the so-called Bush Doctrine or Positive Aggression Doctrine which implied “the use of military force by the United States and its allies to consolidate governments around the world in accordance with American interests” and of what would be paradigms the invasion of Afghanistan and Iraq and the current war against Russia in Ukraine and whose continuation would be defended to the extreme by Kamala Harris.

However, a victory by Trump in November would represent the end of the Atlanticist strategy of Biden and Soros determined to defend Putin from power as well as the subsequent signing of a Peace agreement in Ukraine and the return to the Doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence with Russia. This would mean the enthronement of the G-3 (US, Russia and China) as “primus inter pares” in global governance, with the EU, India and Japan remaining stone guests in the new geopolitical scenario.

Accordingly, the upcoming Presidential elections in November will mark the design of the new global geopolitical architecture of the next five-year term, because the victory of Donald Trump would be the return of the US Isolationist Doctrine against the Wolfowitz Doctrine defended by Harris and globalists that emphasizes the supremacy of the European Union and the United States of America.

Harris, the “Tsar of Immigration”

According to the latest monthly Gallup survey, irregular immigration tops the list of concerns for Americans. Specifically, the arrests of immigrants would have gone a crescendo, rising from the figure of 1 million arrests under Trump to 2.47 million in 2023 with Biden, according to figures from the Department of Homeland Security. So after the withdrawal of Biden, illegal immigration will be the central axis of Trump’s election campaign.

Thus, Trump on his visit to the border with Mexico, said in Eagle Pass (Texas) that “the United States is being invaded by the migrant crime of Biden.” The issue of illegal immigration and the construction of the Wall will be the central focus of his campaign against the so-called “Tsar of Immigration”, Kamala Harris.

The term “immigration tsar” has been used by Republicans against Harris in a derogatory manner since 2021, with the aim of making it an easy target for criticism of the government’s migration management. But despite its role not being directly linked to daily reality at the border, Trump’s campaign against Vice President Harris will be focused on the narrative of the border crisis.

“Kamala Harris has all the left-wing political history of Joe Biden,” Donald Trump Jr. said in Social Truth. “The only difference is that she is even more liberal and less competent than Joe, which is a lot to say. They put her in charge of the border and we saw the worst illegal invasion in our history!!!” he added.

Also, on the second day of the Republican National Convention, Kamala Harris became a major target of criticism from speakers, by appealing to its role in the migration issue and preparing anti-Harris ads and designing a new line of attack against Trump’s potential rival.

Trump is a specialist in forcing the limits of the Everton window to introduce into it issues located outside the frame and initially considered unacceptable by public opinion and that once within the debate, can be perceived as tolerable and what would be paradigm the construction of the Wall to contain illegal immigrants. Trump’s campaign against Vice President Harris will thus be refocused on the narrative of Kamala’s failure to manage the border.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Germán Gorraiz Lopez is a political analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Flickr

At a time when most of the discussion is about who will win most medals, on the margins of the Paris Olympic Games several social groups have intensified efforts to prevent the further eviction of any more people.  RDLM, a collective of over 80 different organizations, has alleged that thousands of the most vulnerable people including homeless and migrant people have already been evicted in a number of different actions. The number is likely to be around 12,500. In June this collective released a 78 page report titled ‘One year of Social Cleansing’. These social organizations are also making efforts to ensure that essential services and needs of the most vulnerable people are not neglected in the middle of the big games.

The government has contested the numbers and stated that not all recent evictions should be linked to the Olympics. This in turn is not accepted by several of the activists opposing evictions who say that having made promises of the most inclusive and socially responsive Olympics the authorities should live up to these.   

Earlier there were protests by environmental groups against the proposed felling of trees in Paris as part of efforts to speed up of redevelopment for Olympic Games.

These recent debated have revived several earlier controversies regarding previous Olympic Games relating to adverse impacts on the green cover, settlements of weaker sections and overall development priorities of host cities. People raised questions like why should spaces meant for housing for the weaker sections and greenery be used up for constructing excessive number of sports stadiums and facilities for which there may be little use after the big games are over within a few days.

The celebrations relating to this biggest sports event cover up increasing problems relating to them due to which a significant number of initial host candidates have been withdrawing voluntarily following local protests. Before the 2024 event was awarded to Paris, for example, there were withdrawals by Boston, Rome, Hamburg and Budapest. In the case of 1976 Games, Denver withdrew even after the city had been officially selected, paving the way for Montreal to emerge as hosts.

One reason for this relates to high costs. The last three summer Olympics, the main Olympic Games, have cost between 13 to 16 billion dollars each, although some of these estimates are considered to be underestimates by others if all costs are included. There have seen cost escalations ranging from 75% to 360%. 

While the Olympic spectacle rolls on, an issue that is increasingly becoming important is that of increasing pressures on host cities with many people complaining about the big events messing up priorities. The host city may end up giving up more essential projects and priorities in favor of huge stadiums and other sports complexes which are likely to remain underutilized later. 

There have been protest movements in several cities hosting Olympics and other big sports events (like the Asian Games and the Commonwealth Games). Such voices of protest and opposition were very much there in Tokyo (2020) and what is more, we can already hear these in the context of the Los Angeles Olympics (2028). 

The newly built Japan National Stadium in Tokyo was the venue for the ceremonies and the athletics events. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0 de)

 

According to the Centre on Housing Rights and Evictions, Geneva, nearly 1.5 million people were displaced for Beijing Olympics (2008), preceded by nearly half this number in Seoul. The Asian Games and Commonwealth Games have also led to complaints of big evictions and corruption. The London Olympics in 2012 led to cancelling an important low income housing project.  

Excessive punishment was inflicted on Beijing protestors. In the case of Mexico Olympics, student protestors faced police firing. 30 died. 

The cost of Tokyo Olympics ultimately more than doubled from the original estimate of 7 billion. The Montreal Olympics in 1976 had cost 1.5 billion, which was considered excessive at that time and the debts incurred at that time could be fully paid back only 3 decades later, leading to its big stadiums being renamed ‘the big owes’ instead of the big ones.

Another concern is that the concentration of too many sports and sports events within a very short span of about two weeks makes it difficult for sports enthusiasts to really give proper attention to all of them. Too much appears to be happening at the same time and too quickly. The Tokyo Olympics, involving about 11,000 athletes competing in 339 events of 41 sports, were over in just 17 days. 

To avoid all these problems, the International Olympics Committee has already taken some decisions from time to time, including organizing the Winter Olympics in a different year from the main Summer Olympics. However these reforms do not go far enough and the main Summer Olympics is itself too massive an event for a single place and concentrated within too short a time.

Hence there is a clear need to spread this once-in-four years event of Summer Olympics and Para-Olympics across about 40 countries or so, representing all continents. While one country can be the lead venue, responsible for perhaps one tenth of the overall sports events, its responsibilities for all the various sports will be shared by perhaps about 40 other countries in all parts of the world. This way it can become much more of an all-world event. Costs will be shared. The burden of financial costs and management will not be too heavy on any one country. 

At the same time the main Olympics can be spread all over the Olympic year, depending upon the most appropriate season of the various host countries. Hence sports enthusiasts will have much more to look forward to enjoying all around the year, instead of having too much of sports concentrated in just about 2 to 3 weeks when they cannot really get the full flavor of over 300 sports events.

In this way Olympic Games can become more representative and participative world events while reducing costs. When the scale of the event is much smaller, it becomes easier to avoid evictions and displacements. In addition a clause requiring minimization of social and ecological costs can be written into agreements with all the countries hosting diverse Olympics events, with certain dos and don’ts being worked out by a team of experts and monitored by special teams. This may well be the way forward to reducing problems as well as increasing enjoyment of the Olympic Games. 

At what stage such reforms will be introduced, starting from which Olympics, can be worked out in consultation with various involved parties once the reforms are agreed to in principle.

Somewhat similar reform proposals can also be extended for some other mega sports events, wherever these may be relevant.

These reforms can reduce the burden for a single host while at the same time increasing the enjoyment of sports enthusiasts.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include A Day in 2071, Protecting Earth for Children, Man over Machine and Planet in Peril. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Parc des Princes, Paris, France (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

Beneath the Mountain: An Anti-Prison Reader (City Lights, 2024) is a collection of revolutionary essays providing a vital core of primary texts and insurgent writings by US dissidents and revolutionaries who experienced state terror and incarceration firsthand.

Documenting the struggle, beginning with slavery, genocide, and colonization, up to our present day, it imagines a collective, anti-carceral future and centers the experiences and wisdom of those who have lived, and sometimes died, “beneath the mountain.”

These essays point towards the impact of state terror, the role of prisons in maintaining social hierarchy, and how we should build and organize to disrupt the status quo. Beneath the Mountain honors the voices of those too often left out of the public discourse and suggests that their insights, when studied and applied, foster emancipatory consciousness.

Accomplishing such an ambitious project with an incarcerated person is both challenging and humbling all at once. We couldn’t quickly email each other back and forth, or pick up the phone and call when we needed to confer, solve a problem, or ask a question. Working together required a different approach. For example, we developed the Table of Contents while hanging out in the prison visiting room munching on chips, surprisingly fresh mediterranean salad from the vending machine, and a shared chocolate bar.

“Leonard.” Mumia proposed decisively. “Leonard must go in the book.” Of course, I agreed. Leonard Peltier, a native elder and member of the American Indian Movement, who has served 47 years after being unjustly incarcerated, was his very first suggestion. More followed in rapid succession. It wasn’t hard to decide who to put in Beneath the Mountain; the overwhelming challenge was that there was not space for everyone we wanted to include.

Written by the prisoner class, the most structurally dispossessed people on earth, their emancipatory vision inspires the work being done today in the streets, cages, and classrooms. It’s a vision centered on revolutionary love, hope, and solidarity as antidotes to state violence and control. Who better to tell these stories than those who have lived them?

Excerpt from the book:

“Revolutionary love speaks to the ways we protect, respect, and empower each other while standing up to state terror. Its presence is affirmed through these texts as a necessary component to help chase away fear and to encourage the solidarity and unity essential for organizing in dangerous times and places. Its absence portends tragedy. Revolutionary love does not stop the state from wanting to kill us, nor is it effective without strategy and tactics, but it is the might that fuels us to stand shoulder-to-shoulder with others regardless. Perhaps it can move mountains.” —Jennifer Black & Mumia Abu-Jamal from the introduction to Beneath The Mountain: An Anti Prison Reader

Many of these essays have been studied throughout the years by generations of revolutionaries. Curated here, along with significant contributions of newly published material, this book is for everyone, inside or outside of prison, interested in developing an anti-carceral, liberatory consciousness. It’s for all of us, but it might be especially useful for independent scholars such as those in prison who don’t have access to the internet, universities, or public libraries. Inspired by the incarcerated radical tradition, we are sending this book to every Prison Radio Correspondent. Thanks to your early support, we have already sent over 20 books into prisons. Please help us send one to every prison in the country! If you are able, we ask that you buy a copy for yourself, and an extra copy so that we can send it inside. May a new generation of leaders be inspired by the arc of anti-prison thought and action!

Finally, this book would not be possible without the sustained effort of Mumia Abu-Jamal, a consummate journalist, writer, activist, revolutionary, and trained academic. In the face of staggering hurdles, he continues to do what he does best: act as a conduit for those who have been silenced. His consistency, commitment, discipline, and tenacity is unparalleled and he remains the “Voice of the Voiceless.” He is a gift to the world and his influence and impact will be felt for a thousand generations. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

---

Beneath The Mountain: An Anti Prison Reader edited by Mumia Abu-Jamal & Jennifer Black (City Lights 2024)

Beneath The Mountain: An Anti-Prison Reader (City Lights, 2024) is a collection of revolutionary essays, written by those who have been detained inside prison walls. Composed by the most structurally dispossessed people on earth, the prisoner class, these words illuminate the steps towards freedom. 

Beneath the Mountain documents the struggle — beginning with slavery, genocide, and colonization up to our present day — and imagines a collective, anti-carceral future. These essays were handwritten first on scraps of paper, magazine covers, envelopes, toilet paper, or pages of bibles, scratched down with contraband pencils or the stubby cartridge of a ball-point pen; kites, careworn, copied and shared across tiers and now preserved in this collection for this and future generations. If they were dropped in the prison-controlled mail they were cloaked in prayers, navigating censorship and dustbins. They were very often smuggled out. These words mark resistance, fierce clarity, and speak to the hope of building the world we all deserve to live in.  

Click here to purchase.

Below is an AI translation of the article in English.

大惨事だ」-日本のトップ医学教授がmRNAジャブ問題で保健当局を非難

福島正紀医師が厚生省の公開会合で発言した。

京都大学名誉教授。また、医療イノベーション研究センター（TRI）のセンター長であり、財団法人神戸バイオメディカル研究振興財団（FBRI）のメンバーでもある。

2000人近くが亡くなりましたが、この数はもっと多いと思います。ほとんどが泣きながら眠りにつく。

検死で何か見つかっても、報告書を見逃してはいけない。

何をしているんだ？

隠したくなるのも無理はない。薬害事件である。

川田さんは大変苦しみました。だから薬害リスクは何としても根絶する。

この国は薬害に懲りて、二度と薬害に苦しまない国になった。

でも、それを強引に無視して、この国に何兆円もかけてワクチンを輸入し、国民を扇動しているんだから、全然ダメだ。

私は昨年、このワクチンが蔓延したら大変だと思い、ワクチンでパンデミックが解決すると考えるのは妄想だと判断した。

専門誌でようやく誤解が解け、mRNAをナノ粒子に包むことがいかに危険かが理解された。すべての細胞がそれを飲み込み、細胞は変質する。これが今私が知っていることだ。メカニズムは明らかだ。直ちに評価委員会を解散し、全事例を調査せよ。これが結論だ。全事件の調査。

そして、ワクチン接種後に体調を崩した人は、医療機関への連絡を遅らせてはならない……。

心血管疾患、自己免疫疾患、感染症にかかりやすい、そして脳に到達するとナノ粒子は脳に吸収される。

愚かな科学者は『血液関門を通過できないから大丈夫』と言うだろう。

私はバカではない。自然免疫を抑制することができる。日本人は唾液の中にIgA（唾液性免疫グロブリンA）を持っていて、コロナウイルスに対してこのような抵抗力を持っているからだ。

しかし、ワクチン接種によって自然免疫は抑制されてしまった。こういうことです。私はこれが収まるとはまったく思わない。

どんどん広がっていくでしょう。ほとんどの人がすでにワクチン接種後の感染症にかかっている。

今この病気にかかっているのは、ワクチン接種を受けていない人ではなく、ワクチン接種を受けた人なのだ。

福島医師の証言全文:

https://t.co/EdbXvmZVO7

— Voice (@voice1234561) November 30, 2022

 

***

Original version in English.

‘It’s a Disaster’ – Top Japanese Medical Professor Slams Health Officials Over mRNA Jab

Dr. Masanori Fukushima was speaking to the Ministry of Health in a public meeting.

He is Professor Emeritus at Kyoto University. He is also head of the Translational Research Center for Medical Innovation (TRI) and a member of the Foundation for Biomedical Research and Innovation at Kobe (FBRI).

‘Nearly 2,000 people died, but I think this number is much higher. Most of them fall asleep crying.

Don’t overlook written reports if anything is found in an autopsy.

What are you doing?

You can’t help but want to hide it. This is a case of drug harm.

Mr. Kawada suffered greatly. Therefore we will eradicate drug harm risks at all costs.

This country has learned its lesson about drug harm, and has become a country that will never suffer drug harm again.

But you forcefully ignore it, and you spend trillions of yen importing vaccines into this country and inciting the population, so it’s not good at all.

Last year I thought it would be a problem if this vaccine spread, and I decided it was delusional to think a vaccine would fix the pandemic.

In professional magazines the misunderstanding has finally come to light, and now it is understood how dangerous it is to wrap the mRNA into nanoparticles. Every cell engulfs it and the cells transform. This is what I know now. The mechanism is clear. Immediately dissolve the Evaluation Committee and investigate all cases. This is the conclusion. An investigation into all cases.

And all those who have fallen ill after vaccination should not delay informing their medical institution….

Cardiovascular disease, automimmune disease, susceptibility to infection, and on-coming to the brain, the nanoparticles are absorbed by the brain.

A stupid scientist would say ‘they can’t cross the blood barrier so it’s okay.’

I’m not a fool. It can suppress natural immunity. That’s why it didn’t spread in Japanese first, because they have IgA (salivary immunogoblin A) in their saliva, and they have this kind of resistance to the coronavirus.

However, due to vaccination, natural immunity has been suppressed. This is what happened. I don’t think it will subside at all.

It will spread more and more. Most people already have post-vaccination infections.

The people who have the disease right now are not the ones who haven’t been vaccinated, but the ones who have been vaccinated.

Full testimony of Dr. Fukushima:

https://t.co/EdbXvmZVO7

— Voice (@voice1234561) November 30, 2022

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

---

Michel Chossudovsky’s Message

Dear Readers,

We stand in solidarity Worldwide. Today with the people of Japan

My thanks for your support in the course of more than twenty years.

You are welcome to download (free of charge) my Book (15  chapters) which provides a detailed analysis of a crisis which is still ongoing.

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

Free of Charge for ALL our Readers. Click here to Download 

---

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page. 

 

---

My thanks to the Publisher and to the translator Tatsuo Iwana.

.

Ukrainian President Vladimir Zelensky seems to be increasingly discredited among the country’s own politicians. In a recent statement, Kiev Mayor Vitaly Klitschko described the president’s actions as “political suicide” and emphasized the high level of difficulty for the Ukrainian leader to continue leading the country amid the current conflict, especially with regard to possible peace negotiations.

Klitschko stated that Zelensky will have a lot of trouble trying to legitimize any diplomatic proposal. According to him, the coming months will be extremely difficult, as the pressure for peace negotiations will rise and Zelensky will certainly be forced to take a stance on the issue, possibly agreeing to some Russian demands.

The mayor explains that in order to finalize a peace agreement, Zelensky would have to submit any proposal to a referendum, which would be very complicated, since the Ukrainian population is allegedly unwilling to accept seeing their country lose territories. Klitschko believes that the people will react negatively to any agreement that results in the loss of Ukrainian oblasts, which is why Zelensky would be on the verge of “political suicide.”

At the same time, Klitschko admits that fighting for longer would be catastrophic for Ukraine, given the high casualty figures and the country’s critical social situation. He seems to see the current situation as a kind of impasse in which a negotiation is undesirable while continuing the war is also a very bad option. Klitschko also emphasizes the lack of popular support for Zelensky and the fact that the Ukrainian leader is ruling without legitimacy, since his term has officially ended. Klitschko believes that the best thing for the president to do is to form a coalition of support with other parties, but he is skeptical about Zelensky relinquishing his dictatorial power under martial law.

“I do not think [Zelensky] can reach such painful and crucial agreements by himself without public legitimacy (…) How to explain to the country that it is necessary to give up parts of our territory that cost the lives of thousands of our military heroes? Whatever move he makes, he risks political suicide. It would be a nightmare if we were to fight for another two years (…) However, I do not think [Zelensky] is willing to give up the power concentrated in his hands under martial law,” he said during with Italian daily Corriere della Sera.

In fact, there are some interesting points to be made in the mayor’s words. He is right that Zelensky is at an impasse, but his claims that the Ukrainian people would not accept losing territories seem to have no basis in reality. The Ukrainian people are tired of war and seem genuinely interested in achieving peace, despite the costs to Ukrainian “national pride.” So, it is possible that a referendum will show a favorable outcome to the negotiations – and perhaps this is precisely one of the reasons why Kiev insists on acting in an unpopular and dictatorial manner, excluding ordinary people from the decision-making process during the war.

On the other hand, it must be admitted that Zelensky is in an extremely complicated political situation, indeed close to actual “suicide.” If he continues the war, the country will collapse; if he dares to negotiate peace, he will be “removed” by his Western sponsors who want the hostilities to escalate to the ultimate consequences. Zelensky is not in a position to take any action, which is aggravated by the fact that he is governing illegitimately, since his term is officially over.

It is important to remember that this is not the first time that Klitschko has expressed a critical opinion about Zelensky’s work. The mayor of Kiev was even pointed out by several experts as one of the main names for a possible replacement of Zelensky. When the US began to plot to remove Zelensky from power and elect a more “skilled” president, Klitschko showed himself to be one of the biggest enthusiasts of “renewing” the country’s political scene, standing out like other Ukrainian public figures in the race to replace the president.

At the time, Zelensky managed to neutralize the threat to his power through purges, crimes and arrests of opponents – as well as through his main dictatorial act, which was the ban on elections. However, taking authoritarian measures will not free Zelensky from the problems that the presidency brings him at the moment. His “political suicide” seems really close, as all his moves make him even more unpopular and illegitimate. With the war continuing and the crisis of legitimacy worsening, Zelensky will definitely not have a good future in Ukrainian politics.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Association, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, military expert. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. You can follow Lucas on X (formerly Twitter) and Telegram.

Featured image: Klitschko near the front line on 19 March 2022 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

On May 2, 2014, heavily-armed fascist militia forces attacked the House of Trade Unions in Odessa, Ukraine. Trapped inside were demonstrators opposed to the government in Kiev that had been put in place in a U.S.-orchestrated coup against the democratically elected government just weeks earlier. A campaign of ethnic cleansing had been launched against Russian-speaking Ukrainians, with the Russian language being banned from public life.

In the aftermath of the attack and fire 48 deaths were confirmed. Openly nazi militia shelled civilians in the oblasts of Luhansk and Donetsk (now not surprisingly independent republics). Those militia have since been armed and trained by Britain and the USA with the full knowledge of their trainees’ extreme politics. See this. By the end of 2021 some 15,000 Russian Ukrainians had died including hundreds of children. None of this was covered in the UK press or discussed in parliament.

“Ukraine a Democracy” – Stoltenberg

In recent days, as NATO/EU continues to stoke their war against Russia at the cost of some 500,000 Ukrainian dead and wounded the NATO Secretary General Stoltenberg called Ukraine a “democratic country.” 

Zelensky, coming to power by banning the main opposition party and arresting its leader, then abolished 12 political parties. He has just cancelled elections for the presidency. Ukrainian intelligence services arrest anyone who expresses a critical opinion. Neo-Nazi gangs rule the streets. Churches are attacked and closed. Men are press-ganged from the streets and sent within days to die in the trenches. (If the (TCC) press gangs fail then they are sent to the front!) The Border force shoots Ukrainians crossing the border and lays mines to stop them and political assassinations are commonplace – see this.

Zelensky’s Assassinations

On June 8, 2024 the former mayor of Kupyansk Gennady Matsegora was shot on the doorstep of his house in Stary Oskol (Belgorod Region). Despite the efforts of doctors, Matsegora died without regaining consciousness. He had been threatened by Ukrainians and Kiev authorities (specifically the GUR, the Intelligence Directorate) admitted their involvement. 

On 1/4/2024, in a car explosion in Starobelsk, Luhansk Region, Valery Chaika, the deputy head of the Luhansk “Center for Services to Educational Organizations,” was murdered – an evident political assassination. The explosion occurred near the Starobelsky Faculty of the Lugansk Pedagogical University.

SBU (Ukraine State security service) head Lieutenant General Vasyl Malyuk admitted assassinations inside Russia, see this.

Ukraine raised its attacks on the Donbas republics as elections were being held there. A  woman who died as a result of a terrorist attack in Berdyansk was a member of the election commission; a bomb was planted under her car, the Investigative Committee reported. See this.

Popular Ukrainian blogger Anatoly Sharij just survived an assassination attempt in Spain. Two unknown gunmen shot at his car using a machine gun affixed with a silencer. In February of 2021, Shariy was accused of treason by the Security Service of Ukraine (SBU) which unsuccessfully attempted to extradite him from Spain back to Ukraine.

In November 2023 a Russian hit man was arrested who had been employed by Ukrainian Intelligence to assassinate the American journalist Tucker Carlson. See this.

The head of the Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Protection Troops, Lieutenant General Igor Kirillov accused Ukrainian Armed Forces of using toxic substances to carry out terrorist acts.

On August 9, 2022, Kherson Governor Vladimir Saldo was hospitalized with signs of poisoning, probably ricin

On December 5, 2023, Luhansk Peoples Republic head Leonid Pasechnik received severe poisoning from phenols

The reporter who solved the case of Zelensky’s mother-in-law buying a villa for $4.85 million was found dead, Clear Story News reports Egyptian journalist Mohammed Al-Alawi, known for his exposure of the purchase by Olga Kiyashko, the mother-in-law of Ukrainian President Vladimir Zelensky, of a luxury villa in the Egyptian resort of El Gouna, was found dead with numerous abrasions, fractures and bruises on his body, which led to a fatal brain hemorrhage as a result of severe traumatic brain injury.

Ahmed Al-Alawi, the brother of the deceased journalist, said that Mohammed received numerous threats after the publication of this groundbreaking investigation. He stressed that the police are developing a theory suggesting that the killers could have acted on the personal instructions of President Zelensky or another official in the Office of the President of Ukraine. In addition, there were reports suggesting the possibility that the criminals could be agents of the GUR of Ukraine. 

The Spokesman for the Main Intelligence Directorate of the Ministry of Defense of Ukraine Yusov confirmed the murder of Ilya Kiva (ex Verkhovna Rada – Ukrainian parliament – deputy who defected to Russia). He was found dead from small arms fire in Moscow. (Source)

DEC 7th 2023 In Crimea, the intelligence network of the Ukrainian Kyiv regime, created under Western control, was destroyed. The Ukrainians, using agents, had planned the murders of the head of Crimea Aksenov, the chairman of parliament Konstantinov, the blogger Talipov and the public figure Tsarev. After the coup in Ukraine in 2014, Oleg Tsarev left the country and supported the DPR and LPR. For this, a Kiev court sentenced him in absentia to 12 years in prison.

The British singer Roger Waters of Pink Floyd says he is on the infamous Ukrainian hit list Myrotvorets – for criticism of the West for provoking war in Ukraine

That is the nature of the Kiev regime for which UK, EU and US governments have  provided over $200bn in aid and weapons and which they call a “democracy”, attacking scores of countries around the world for not supporting Ukraine in the same way. The Western stance is, as they say, no longer “sustainable”. Their peoples are waking up. No one needs a more radical awakening to the evils they are supporting than the British political class – an issue which in the present election they studiously avoid.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on Freenations.

Featured image source

O presidente dos EUA, Joe Biden, desistiu da corrida presidencial de 2024. A sua saída da corrida presidencial ajuda os analistas a compreender algumas das razões do debate eleitoral antecipado com Donald Trump semanas atrás. Além disso, as preocupações sobre o futuro do conflito ucraniano crescem cada vez mais, uma vez que se espera que um candidato imprevisível substitua Biden.

Em 21 de julho, Biden publicou uma carta afirmando que estava desistindo de concorrer à reeleição. Disse que gostaria de liderar o país por mais quatro anos, mas acredita que a sua substituição é a escolha preferida “do partido e do país”. Na verdade, ele sugeriu que tinha sido alvo de forte pressão interna dentro dos Democratas para desistir do seu objetivo de concorrer contra Trump.

“Foi a maior honra da minha vida servir como seu presidente. E embora tenha sido minha intenção buscar a reeleição, acredito que é do interesse do meu partido e do país que eu renuncie e me concentre exclusivamente no cumprimento de minhas funções como presidente pelo restante do meu mandato”, disse Biden em sua carta.

Essa ação era esperada por muitos analistas. O desempenho desastroso de Biden no primeiro debate eleitoral provou que o presidente é absolutamente incapaz de continuar ocupando altos cargos públicos. Alguns especialistas chegaram a sugerir que o debate inicial – antes da Convenção Democrata – foi uma espécie de “conspiração” do próprio partido para deixar clara a incapacidade de Biden de concorrer, permitindo assim que o lobby pela sua substituição se expandisse. Considerando que o presidente deixou claro em sua carta que sua retirada foi fruto do “melhor interesse do partido”, então a tese de que os democratas queriam boicotá-lo parece ter sido comprovada.

Resta saber quem irá efetivamente substituir Biden, mas até agora acredita-se que a nova candidata será a atual vice-presidente dos EUA, Kamala Harris. Após a queda de Biden, milhões de posts pró-Harris começaram a ser publicados nas redes sociais, com diversas figuras públicas, políticos, celebridades e influenciadores digitais endossando a candidatura de Kamala. A decisão final do partido deverá ser anunciada em breve, mas é muito provável que Harris seja confirmada como a nova candidata.

Aprofundando a típica retórica “woke” do Partido Democrata, o principal argumento para apoiar Harris é que os EUA supostamente “precisam de uma mulher negra” como presidente. Também se afirma que ela é a “única hipótese” de libertar os EUA do “fascismo” de Donald Trump. A esquerda liberal americana acredita que utilizando argumentos wokes será possível reverter o claro favoritismo de Trump, mas é pouco provável que o candidato republicano seja afetado por este tipo de campanha.

Obviamente, cabe ao povo americano decidir quem é a melhor pessoa para governar o seu país. Os cidadãos norte-americanos têm o direito de analisar as propostas de cada candidato e optar por votar naquele que consideram melhor no momento. A menos que haja fraude e corrupção eleitoral – o que é muito provável, dado o caos político interno nos EUA – a decisão final sobre quem será o novo presidente do país deve ser respeitada independentemente do resultado.

O que podemos dizer por agora é que uma vitória democrata, com Harris ou algum outro candidato da ala woke da política americana, poderá ter consequências graves para o conflito por procuração entre os EUA e a Rússia. Enquanto Trump promete a paz através do fim da ajuda a Kiev e da retomada das negociações, Biden, embora pró-guerra, teve uma postura razoavelmente previsível. Ele intensificou o conflito com Moscou tanto quanto possível, mas evitou tomar medidas mais irresponsáveis, como intervenção direta, movimentos nucleares ou autorizar países da OTAN a atacar a Rússia. Biden conseguiu de alguma forma equilibrar a sua postura beligerante com o desejo de evitar o pior cenário – algo que não sabemos se o novo candidato democrata continuará.

Tal como outros democratas, Harris é bem conhecida pela sua postura beligerante, defendendo uma política agressiva contra todos os inimigos dos EUA. A Rússia, a China e o Irã seriam alvos da sua política externa, representando sérios riscos para a paz mundial. Particularmente no que diz respeito ao conflito que já começou com a Rússia, ela poderia servir os interesses das elites mais belicosas e irresponsáveis ​​do Ocidente, tomando medidas que criariam um risco real de guerra direta ou nuclear.

Se um novo presidente democrata chegar ao poder, o futuro da guerra com a Rússia tornar-se-á completamente imprevisível, conduzindo a uma situação de grave risco. A única esperança possível é que Harris mude a sua posição, se for eleita, e comece a agir de forma mais responsável – o que infelizmente é altamente improvável.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Future of proxy war with Russia unpredictable with possible new Democratic President, InfoBrics, 22 de julho de 2024.

Imagem InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

 

Give Truth a Chance. Secure Your Access to Unchained News, Donate to Global Research.

***

First published on July 2, 2024

Back in 1999 few people seemed to notice what had happened to NATO. Under the leadership of President Clinton and Tony Blair, it converted itself from a very successful defensive alliance into an organisation with the self-awarded power of pro active interventions around the world on behalf of an undefined “international community”.

Its first target was Serbia which had been in the sights of the USA since the early nineties.

It was with a feeling of doom-laden deja-vu that I recently heard on the news that Croatian and Albanian football fans at the Euro competition had been chanting “Kill the Serbs!” There is an old Austrian saying “Im Balkan stirbt niemand” – Nobody dies in the Balkans (not of natural causes, that is). In 1999 people certainly were dying in Kosovo in fighting between the KLA (Kosovo Liberation Army) and Yugoslav federal forces.

Statistics from before the war suggested that an Albanian in Kosovo was about as likely to meet a violent death as an ordinary inhabitant of Washington DC at the same period whereas a Serb was several times more likely to come to an untimely end. Nonetheless this was adduced by the Americans as evidence of genocide by the Serbs. They also helped the KLA provide fake evidence of a mass execution at Racak. Bodies from fighting in the area were assembled to look like victims of a firing squad. The Western media accepted the tale eagerly without question. New Labour applied all its considerable powers of media manipulation to the project.

The massacre that never was constituted sufficient evidence for America-led NATO to present the ultimatum of Rambouillet which demanded free access for NATO troops to all of Yugoslavia for an unspecified period and a commitment to the eventual independence of Kosovo – or else they would bomb – and so they did. It is interesting to compare statements of the different leaders of fragmented Yugoslavia – some of whom were supported by the West as suitable promoters of civilised European values. Just have a guess from their words which leaders received the benison of American and Western approval, as well as arms and technical support.

(a) “Genocide is a natural phenomenon in keeping with the human-social and mythological divine nature. It is not only permitted but even recommended by the the Almighty for the spreading of the One True Faith”.

(b) “Protect brotherhood and unity….nationalism always means isolation from others, being locked in a closed circle and stopping growth. Emerge from a state of hatred, intolerance and distrust…”

(c) “There can be no peace or co-existence between the Islamic faith and non-Islamic institutions. The Islamic movement must and can take power as soon as it is morally strong enough, not only to destroy the non-Islamic power but to build a new Islamic one.”

Leader (a) was the clerico-fascist president of Croatia, Franjo Tudjman, who also said “Thank God my wife is neither a Jew nor a Serb”.

The initial quotation was from his magnum opus – his very own equivalent of Mein Kampf. He was strongly supported by the German Foreign Minister Hans Dietrich Genscher who triumphantly remarked of Croatia’s diplomatic recognition by the EU – “By this, Germany has regained diplomatically everything lost in Eastern Europe as a result of two world wars”. It opened the path to Germany’s new economic and political (and historical) Drang nach Osten.

Leader (b) was none other than the Yugoslav president Slobodan Milosevic, whom the British press dubbed “The Butcher of the Balkans”. He died in custody in suspicious circumstances [assassinated] before the international tribunal could pass verdict or sentence on him. Perhaps that was just as well for the West. He had been hitting prosecution witnesses for six for some time. The quotation was an appeal to the Political Correctness of the Tito era. In July 2016 the international court very quietly exonerated him post mortem from complicity in atrocities in Bosnia on page1303 of the very lengthy judgment against Radovan Karadzic . This was neither much mentioned nor noticed in British or Western media.

Leader (c) was Alia Izetbegovic, first president of Bosnia Hercegovina, armed by the USA and eulogised by Paddy Ashdown at his funeral as father of his people. Ashdown was the EU’s “High Representative” in Bosnia, effectively its Viceroy with total power. He approved that the Muslim war dead should be classified as “Shahid” – martyrs in the Jihad against the infidel Serbs.

So what were the objectives of the USA? In Sir Alfred Sherman’s paper “The Empire for the New Millennium?” he quoted the US Secretary of State, Madeleine Albright’s broad view – 

“We are privileged to live in a country that, through most of this century, has chosen to lead. Today we are helping to shape events in every region in every corner of the world. We exercise this leadership not out of sentiment but out of necessity. We must mobilise every foreign policy tool from the simplest act of persuasion to the blunt instrument of force………We must work to sustain our prosperity by creating an ever-expanding global economy in which American genius and productivity receive their due…”

Not much concern for human rights and a “rules based order” there and a tone of arrogance which we have often heard from America before and since.

The attack on Yugoslavia coincided with the first expansion of NATO into Eastern Europe, contrary to assurances which had been given to Russia that they would not advance “an inch”! That action speaks as loudly and stridently as Madeleine Albright’s words.

Srdja Trifkovic wrote an Afterword to Sir Alfred’s paper entitled

“Why it’s not just the Balkans”. Twenty five years ago Trifkovic was writing presciently on matters with which we have since become all too familiar – the perversion of the very nature of the state, society and of the individual. He begins –

“The behaviour of the masters of the Western world abroad is an unsurprising extension of their behaviour at home. The gnostics who rule in Washington, to take the obvious example, are hell-bent on destroying all real communities in America and on eradicating the remains of its faith, tradition and culture ….all in the name of ideological concepts invoked to justify total control. All remnants of republican government at home and national sovereignty abroad, are to be subjugated to the Supreme Good of democracy, human rights and free markets.

Ideological assumptions that but two generations ago would have been deemed eccentric if not utterly insane, or even demonic, now rule the “mainstream”.

Trifkovic notes that the US Deputy Secretary of State Strobe Talbott declared that the United States may not exist “in its current form” in the 21^st century, because the very concept of nationhood – here and throughout the world – will have been rendered obsolete. It should be noted that Talbott’s was an exultant prophecy, not an impartial analyst’s assessment. Talbott wrote in Time magazine (July20 1992) that he is looking forward to a universal government run by “one global authority”.

Here is one optimist’s reason for believing unity will prevail….within the next hundred years …nationhood as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognise a single global authority ..A phrase briefly fashionable in the mid twentieth century – “citizen of the world” will have assumed real meaning by the end of the 21^st. century”…

Trifkovic then goes on to consider what is planned for humanity itself according to one Jon Huer, professor of sociology and philosophy at the University of Maryland.

“And now we come back to the Serbs. …Dr Huer noted that the bombing by Americans and human-shielding by Serbs were symbolic of two different worlds.

The high technology “of ultimate sophistication, so logical and so rational with little human involvement” is countered by the total disregard of logic and rationality”. Huer contends that this fact contrasts “two archetype societies, one future-oriented and the other past-oriented”. Americans believe in the powers of technology “and all that implies – reason, logic, practicality, solution-finding”. Serbs believe in the power of their destiny “powerful and so human”.

Americans are now entering a wholly different era of society and culture, one that the world has never seen before. It is what we might call the “Post Human Era” where all aspects of social life are streamlined and rationalized, and all shades of human relations and nuances simplified into manageable routines and procedures. In a Post-Human society, each individual is isolated from other individuals so that his or her self-calculation can be logically derived without distraction from other human beings.”

Dr Huer goes on:

“My historical hunch is that Americans are the future prototype humans, and Serbs an atavistic holdover from a bygone era. The Post-Human America will dominate the coming century…. elaborating popular culture, dominating economics and finances and continuing military hegemony the world over….. It would behoove the Serbs to recognize this inevitable development ..and join up with what will be, not what was or should be.”

So that was the future for us and the rest of the world, not just the Serbs, as seen twenty five years ago by an academic, one of what we would now call the global elite . It was obviously a view shared by many of our own political class who had forgotten the example of Vietnam. Very much more quickly, the Biden administration and its global hangers-on have forgotten their exemplary humiliation in Afghanistan. So, whilst Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum (to which our own British sovereign defers) is nurturing new generations of would-be “Young Global Leaders” to take us down this path, the world has changed .

The overwhelming ultimate sanction for the project, its final enforcer, that “blunt instrument of force”, so beloved of Madeleine Albright and the American dominant class, can still destroy the world but is no longer inevitably effective. Experiences in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya and proxy wars in Syria and Ukraine demonstrate the fact.

Apart from economic dislocation and impoverishment, the main effect on Europe has been the arrival of hordes of immigrants – just such as the Americans are admitting at their own border. That is a process which the globalists in all the main parties have positively encouraged to weaken national cohesion – and democracy. It is not mere coincidence.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mobile Data Reveals Someone Who Regularly Visited Thomas Crooks’ Home and Work Also Visited a Building in Washington DC Near FBI Office

“Who visited Thomas Crooks’ home before he attempted to assassinate President Trump?

Mobile ad data analysis reveals someone who regularly visited Crooks’ Pennsylvania home also visited a building in DC near an FBI office.

The Oversight Project identified nine devices linked to AD-IDs that were located at Crooks’ home and work within the last year. 

Per the Heritage Foundation’s Oversight Project: “We found the assassin’s connections through our in-depth analysis of mobile ad data to track movements of Crooks and his associates”

“To do this, we tracked devices that regularly visited both Crooks’s home and place of work and followed them,” the Oversight Project said.

—Cristina Laila, Gateway Pundit, July 22, 2024

(Click to access the entire detailed article of Cristina Laila)

Senator wants answers:

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Gateway Pundit

This incident shows the lengths to which Ukraine and the EU are going to keep those two in line after they united to form an anti-war bloc in the heart of Europe.

Ukraine’s decision last month to stop the transit of Russian oil from Lukoil across its territory has hit Hungary and Slovakia, who have EU sanctions waivers to continue purchasing this resource, very hard. They’ve accordingly requested that the European Commission mediate between them and Kiev on the basis that the latter’s actions violate its 2014 Association Agreement with the bloc. The exact outcome of this dispute remains uncertain, but the following five takeaways encapsulate its essence:

1. Ukraine Is Punishing Hungary and Slovakia for Their Anti-War Positions

Kiev hates that these neighboring Central European nations have formed an anti-warbloc within the EU and are opposed to perpetuating NATO’s proxy war. The timing suggests that Kiev waited until after it became clear that Slovak Prime Minister Fico, who returned to office late last year, hadn’t changed his position since surviving an assassination attempt in mid-May. Had he been killed and replaced with a pro-war figure or had a change of heart, then it’s unlikely that Kiev would have cut off Lukoil’s exports.

2. Weaponizing Energy Is an Ironic Means to the Abovementioned End

Ukraine and some EU members fearmongered for years that Russia would weaponize its energy exports against them, yet it ironically turns out that Kiev ended up doing precisely that, and nobody in the West apart from the two affected states is saying a peep. This suggests that they tacitly approve of Kiev punishing their wayward members in the hopes that it’ll teach them a lesson, though Brussels will likely intervene before everything spirals out of control since Hungary has an ace up its sleeve.

3. Hungary Just Implied That Two Can Play That Game Though

Hungarian Foreign Minister Szijjarto just reminded everyone that his country contributed to 42% of Ukraine’s electricity imports last month, with the innuendo being that these can be stopped until their dispute is resolved. This leverage is much more powerful than threatening to continue holding up the EU’s €6.5 partial reimbursement package of its members’ arms transfers to Ukraine since Budapest has been dragging its feet on that for around a year already.  

4. Any EU-Mediated Resolution Will be Spun to Impugn Hungary and Slovakia

The EU is unlikely to let this energy dispute spiral out of control since the consequences could be disastrous with more refugees flooding into bloc if Budapest reciprocally weaponizes electricity exports to Ukraine while Hungary and Slovakia could turn more of the public against Brussels. Whatever solution is brokered though will be spun to impugn Hungary and Slovakia by at the very least implying that they were irresponsible for not having diversified from their dependence on Russian energy long ago.

5. Some of the Damage That’s Already Been inflicted Is Irreparable

Orban’s noble attempt to improve ties with Ukraine during his visit to Kiev in early July was for naught as proven by the nasty energy dispute that followed, and there’s no regaining the incipient trust that was just lost as a result. Likewise, those among the European public who’ve already soured on Ukraine and the EU will only feel even stronger about their views after watching those two punish Hungary and Slovakia. These outcomes are manageable, but they’re still detrimental to each party’s interests.

*

As can be seen, Hungary and Slovakia’s Russian oil dispute with Ukraine is a form of tacitly approved EU punishment against them for their anti-war positions, though it’s unlikely to last long enough to lead to a full-blown crisis considering Budapest’s electricity leverage over Kiev. Even so, this incident shows the lengths to which Ukraine and the EU are going to keep those two in line, all with the intent of sending a signal to anyone else in the bloc who decides to break ranks with their warmongering policies.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

***

 

America’s highly esteemed president who should be called Doodle-Head every time he opens his mouth came out with a beauty last Tuesday, claiming that if it weren’t for the existence of Israel “every Jew in the world would be at risk.”

No Joe, you got it wrong. The reality is that Israeli behavior is precisely what fuels anger directed against what might be referred to as the “International Zionist Conspiracy,” whereby the wealthy and powerful Zionist diaspora enables Israel to literally get away with war crimes and mass murder without any consequences.

Joe has also said the he has done more for the Palestinians than anyone, which means that he finds some benefit in watching them die under relentless bombardment by Israel with US provided munitions.

This ability to twist perceptions of what is going on in the Middle East and also at home based on a grossly exaggerated standard narrative of perpetual Jewish suffering means that Zionist groups benefit from a double standard that enables them to avoid condemnation for their over-the-top manipulation of government and other institutions with avoidance of any penalty for their activity.

Matt Brooks, the CEO of the Republican Jewish Coalition, spoke Tuesday at the RNC, providing the standard line about poor suffering American Jewry, saying “President Trump will bring back law and order so that American Jews can once again wear a kippah and walk the streets without fear,” while waving a kippah with Trump’s name embroidered on it. This playing the perpetual victim is true in the United States most particularly, but it also works in Britain, France, Canada and Germany where fundamental rights like freedom of speech are under attack to protect the state of Israel.

Image: Businessman Arnon Milchan (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is a monster, even regarded as such in his own country due to his corruption and that of his wife. He knows that if the Gaza war were to end, he might quickly wind up impeached and in jail. Interestingly, one of his major crimes involved receiving $250,000 from Israeli film maker Arnon Milchan, who made his fortune in the United States and was also involved in espionage directed against US nuclear technology to enable the Jewish state to develop its own secret – and illegal – nuclear weapons arsenal. Milchan and Netanyahu were together involved in illegally obtaining the nuclear triggers needed to detonate the nukes.

Milchan earned his fortune, estimated to be in excess of $3 billion, in part by spying for Israel to the detriment of the United States which is the country that has provided him with the opportunities to become rich and relatively famous. The Milchan tale is just one part of the successful effort by Israel to obtain the technology and raw materials for its secret nuclear arsenal. Preventing nuclear proliferation was a major objective of the US government when in the early 1960s President John F. Kennedy learned that Tel Aviv was developing a nuclear weapon from a CIA report. He told the Israelis to terminate their program or risk losing American political and economic support but was killed before any steps were taken to end the project. Many believe that Israel may have had a hand in the killing of both Jack and Bobby Kennedy and the American public is still waiting for the US government to release all the reports detailing what was obtained in the investigation of the deaths.

Image: Zalman Shapiro (1920-2016) (Source: National Security Archive)

Israel accelerated its nuclear program after the death of President Kennedy. By 1965, it had obtained the raw material for a bomb consisting of US government owned highly enriched weapons grade uranium obtained from a company in Pennsylvania called NUMEC, which was founded in 1956 and owned by Zalman Mordecai Shapiro, head of the Pittsburgh chapter of the Zionist Organization of America. NUMEC was a supplier of enriched uranium for government projects but it was also from the start a front for the Israeli nuclear program, with its chief funder David Lowenthal, a leading Zionist, traveling to Israel at least once a month where he would meet with an old friend Meir Amit, who headed Israeli intelligence. NUMEC covered the shipment of enriched uranium to Israel by claiming the metal was “lost,” losses that totaled more than six hundred pounds, enough to produce dozens of weapons. Such was the importance of the operation that in 1968 NUMEC even received a private incognito visit from Israeli top spymaster Rafi Eitan. In spite of all the evidence that something extremely shady had taken place at NUMEC, Zalman Shapiro was never charged with any crime.

With the uranium in hand, the stealing of the advanced technology needed to make a nuclear weapon is where Milchan and later Netanyahu come into the story. Arnon Milchan was born in Israel but moved to the United States and eventually wound up as the founder-owner of a major movie production company, New Regency Films. In a November 25, 2013 interview on Israeli television Milchan admitted that he had spent his many years in Hollywood as an agent for Israeli intelligence, helping obtain embargoed technologies and materials that enabled Israel to develop a nuclear weapon. He worked for Israel’s Bureau of Science and Liaison acquisition division of Mossad, referred to as the LAKAM spy agency.

Milchan explained in his interview that “I did it for my country and I’m proud of it.” He also said that “other big Hollywood names were connected to [his] covert affairs.” Among other successes, he obtained through his company Heli Trading 800 krytrons, the sophisticated triggers for nuclear weapons. A krytron is a gas-filled tube used as a high-speed switch. US government munitions licenses are required to export krytrons precisely because they can be used as triggers for nuclear weapons. California-based MILCO International Inc. shipped 15 orders totaling 800 krytrons through an intermediary to the Israeli Ministry of Defense between 1979 and 1983.

MILCO obtained the krytrons from EG&G Inc. After the U.S. government rejected several requests for krytron export licenses to Israel, the devices were acquired from the California top secret defense contractor MILCO International. Milchan personally recruited MILCO’s president Richard Kelly Smyth as an agent before turning him over to another Heli Trading employee, none other than Benjamin Netanyahu, for handling. Smyth was eventually arrested in 1985 and cooperated in his interrogation by the FBI before being sentenced to prison, which means that the Federal government knew all about both Milchan and Netanyahu at that time but did not even seek to interview them and ultimately did nothing about them, a cover-up to protect Israel that persists to this day.

Assuming that the statute of limitations on the crime has not run out it should still be possible to arrest and try the perpetrators, which would include both Milchan and Netanyahu. And there should be plenty of evidence if one were to look for it. An exhaustive investigation was carried out on both the thefts given their role in “nuclear proliferation,” though the complete reports have not to this day been made public as the Jewish state’s friends in government and the media have scrambled to cover up the direct Israeli government role insofar as possible. Also, there was physical evidence relating to the diversion of the uranium. Refined uranium has a technical signature that permit identification of its source. Traces of uranium from NUMEC were identified by Department of Energy inspectors in Israel in 1978. The Central Intelligence Agency has also looked into the diversion of enriched uranium from the NUMEC plant and has concluded that it was part of a broader program to obtain the technology and raw materials for a nuclear device for Israel.

NUMEC’s uranium plant in Apollo, Pennsylvania was a two-story, 50,000 square foot industrial facility that stretched for nearly two blocks along a main street in town. (Source: National Security Archive)

Milchan initially retained his US visa even though his role in the trigger thefts had been exposed in the media. The multi-year residency visa was restored to him in 2016 through the intervention of Prime Minister Netanyahu with Secretary of State John Kerry, perhaps predictably, though Milchan has not traveled to the US recently and is believed to be living in Europe and is in poor health. He is also avoiding visiting Israel due to pending charges relating to his bribery of Netanyahu. The issue of Israel’s nukes is regarded as particularly sensitive both in Washington and Jerusalem as, under the Symington Amendment, the US is forbidden from providing military aid to any government that has secret or undeclared nuclear weapons. If the law were applied as written, US arming and funding Israel in its slaughter of the Palestinians would have to stop, but the deference to Israeli interests in this case is just one more example of how the Jewish state is above the law in the reckoning of American government officials and the media.

The tragedy is that spying for Israel appears to be regarded as something like a victimless crime, but in the case of Milchan it was dead serious, involving as it did nuclear proliferation on behalf of a nation that might generously be described as aggressively paranoid. And note that Benjamin Netanyahu, the very “statesman” who received 29 standing ovations from the US Congress, was also involved in the major Mossad operation to steal critical technology from the United States. In fact, even though the Israelis and their “friends” continue to rob America blind it is extremely difficult to be punished for doing so even after being caught red handed.

Prosecutions for Israeli spying are so few because of Department of Justice unwillingness to pursue them, according to a retired FBI agent who claimed that hundreds of potential prosecutions were rejected for political reasons. The actual convictions involve crimes so egregious that they cannot be ignored or covered up, like overheard conversations over lunch, as when Pentagon analyst Larry Franklin provided intelligence on Iran to American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) staffers Keith Weissman and Steve Rosen as well as to officials in the Israeli Embassy. Franklin went briefly to jail and was subsequently reported to be waiting on tables in West Virginia. US Navy analyst Jonathan Pollard, America’s most damaging spy of all time, stole enough top secret codeword secret material to fill a room before he was arrested and convicted. He obtained Israeli citizenship while in prison and is now living in Israel and is celebrated there having been freed of his parole conditions by President Donald Trump. Apart from that, nada! Time to change all that.

Netanyahu, Milchan and the others are not friends of the United States, quite the contrary, and deserve to be treated like any other spies caught in flagrante. The American people should demand that the government begin to recognize that fact and act accordingly. Putting Arnon Milchan and his colleague Benjamin Netanyahu in jail, or even sanctioning them to strip them of their assets, as has been done to numerous Iranians and Russians by Joe “Mumbles” Biden, would be a great start. Arresting Netanyahu on his upcoming celebration trip to address the Joint Session of Congress and visit Biden in the White House would really send a message to the Israelis about proper deportment and would be even better. One can only imagine what it would look like to see Netanyahu in an American prison! Hard labor, please!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from TUR

The battle to define what passes for reality in the world’s most ailing superpower is becoming hotter than Hades. Benjamin Netanyahu, the primary personification of the genocidal convergence currently linking the governments of Israel and the United States, is about to address the US Congress. Many forces are on the rise that are calling for the severance of the genocidal convergence into question.

.

.

.

.

What will the world make of a very large and enthusiastic contingent of US politicians avidly welcoming Netanyahu in the US Capitol? Netanyahu is at the very forefront of the infamy presently despoiling the credibility of the world’s system of international law which is now being tested as never before?

Just days ago the International Court of Justice, the UN’s World Court based at the the Hague, ruled that Jewish settlements in the Occupied Territories are illegal. See this.

This ruling comes on top of the ICJ decision early in 2024 that the Israeli government must stand trial for the crime of violating the Genocide Convention in Gaza.

The original allegation in this precedent-setting case originated with an elaborate charge from the government of South Africa.

The ruling included “provisional measures” aimed at stopping the actions creating the evidence that a “plausible” case of genocide is underway. Instead of heeding the ruling, the government of Israel and its US backers accelerated the pace and widened the scope of the mass murders showing nothing but contempt for the ICJ’s court order.

A third element of the cumulative legal contentions involves the International Criminal Court, the ICC. Elements of the Netanyahu government, including the leadership of Mossad, have long engaged in a number of unseemly and illegal interventions to intimidate the ICC into holding back charges of War Crimes committed by Israeli officials.

Click here to watch the video

Much proof has been collected exposing a series of vile efforts to intimidate the former ICC Chief Prosecutor, Fatou Bensouda, into inaction. The aim was to prevent her from pressing charges of War Crimes on the Israeli government. An extension of this same kind of contemptuous intervention in the core institution of international law, has been pressed by Netanyahu and his Mossad operatives against the current Chief Prosecutor, Karim Kahn. See this.

Some officials in the US government are joining with Netanyahu in trying to stigmatize the ICC for doing its job. Such politically-motivated attacks on the independence of the judiciary should by now be the subject of criminal charges against the governments of Israel and of the USA in their own right.

Chief Prosecutor Kahn has already made a public record of the charges he wants to level against, for starters, Netanyahu and his Defence Minister, Yoav Gallant.

Many trails of history-in-the-making are converging as Benjamin Netanyahu touches down amidst the many controversies taking shape in Washington DC. What will be the reactions throughout the world to the welcome that will be afforded to Netanyahu by many American politicians that work in and around Congress. Seen in the light of Israel’s relationship to the US Congress, that legislative agency at the very core of the US government is in a sad state of treasonous subordination to a foreign power.

Probably many of these elected US officials will repeat their ghoulish display of servility to Netanyahu as they did during his three prior presentations to Congress. After all, American politicians are for the most part bought-and-paid-for creatures of large lobbies. And there is no lobby in the United States that is richer or more influential that the Israel Lobby.

The American Israel Public Affairs Committee, AIPEC, is one of the most visible units of the Israel Lobby especially because of the large amounts of money with which it bribes so many US politicians. In fact, according to Congressman Thomas Massie, most of his colleagues in the House of Representatives each have assigned to them his or her very own “AIPAC Baby Sitter.”

The cost of noncompliance with the baby sitters’ commands is that the Israel Lobby will organize the defeat of the wayward politicians to be replaced by a more obedient servants of Israel.

Much of the controversy has to do with government to government relations between Israel and the United States. It has to do with the antagonisms between the Republican and Democratic Parties; between Donald Trump, Joe Biden and now Kamala Harris in the run up to this November’s presidential election. It has to do with the effort on the part of the current Israeli government with a strong contingent of murderous West Bank settlers to draw the US military into a war with Hezbollah, Houtis, and Iran as well as Shia militia in Iraq and Syria.

As I see it, however, the main spectacle has to do with the justice-minded citizens as they try to peel themselves away from the deeply criminal positions adopted by Zionist governments in Israel-US and throughout the rest of the West.

The Western governments are veering very far from the rule of law as they try to use intimidation and violence to force their constituents to go along with the US-Israeli genocide. It is now overdue, however, for citizens to join together to stop the participation and complicity of governments when they pretend to speak on our behalf in greenlighting the atrocious genocide that has been pushed forward now for close to a year.

To expect these governments at this late date to adhere to the judicial rulings taking shape at the World Court and the ICC seems naive. Hasn’t the time come for actions to accompany words on the part of conscientious citizens aware of our responsibilities to safeguard the human condition?

Hasn’t the time come to attempt a citizens’ arrest of the world’s current Genocider-In-Chief given the failure of our law enforcement agencies. In most countries police and military have failed to intervene in the defence of the human right of Palestinians to life, let alone to liberty and the pursuit of happiness.

Here is an essay initially published in Unz Review by Philip M. Giraldi Ph.D.. Dr. Giraldi is a former CIA official who is presently Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest. This organization was founded on the contention that the Israel First approach of successive Zionist governments in the United States does not serve the interests of the American government and people.

In his essay, Dr. Giraldi outlines the larger outlines of a series of crimes that enabled the government of Israel to covertly develop nuclear weapons based in part on theft from the United States of enriched uranium as well as of bomb triggers and other elements of nuclear technology.

Dr. Giraldi’s essay explains the partnership between Netanyahu and Hollywood film director and Israeli spy, Arnon Milchan. While the two of them are involved in the domestic crimes hanging over Netanyahu’s head, in earlier times the partners also violated international laws and US laws with the full knowledge of the FBI.

In outlining the crimes that enabled the government of Israel to obtain nuclear weapons, weapons which it denies possessing until this day, Dr. Giraldi outlines a crime sufficient to justify Netanyahu’s arrest during this trip to Washington DC.

If Netanyahu was to be apprehended he could be prevented from continuing the havoc he is committing in trying to protect his own skin. Clearly Netanyahu has been preoccupied with seeking to avoid the consequences of the many war crimes he has committed in the course of his political career.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on Looking out at the World from Canada.

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

All images in this article are from the author unless otherwise stated

For months before and after the special military operation (SMO) started, the mainstream media ran several propaganda narratives simultaneously. One of the first doom and gloom claims was that Russia would take Kiev in three days and most of Ukraine in a week or two. However, this didn’t happen for the simple reason that Moscow never planned to take the largest country in Europe in such a short period of time, particularly not with less than 200,000 soldiers.

Still, the mainstream propaganda machine went full afterburner with the ludicrous claims that the Kremlin was now losing, that the Neo-Nazi junta forces are unbeatable and inflicting enormous losses, that the Russian military was now in disarray, suffering from extremely low morale, while also running out of missiles, shells, fuel and so on, and so forth.

These laughable myths continue to this day, even after the failure of the Kiev regime’s much-touted counteroffensive last year. Its inability to defeat Russian forces resulted in a somewhat more realistic assessment of the situation on the battlefield. However, as this less propagandistic tone didn’t have the desired effect on the populace in Western Europe and North America, soon followed a prompt return to the most ridiculous war propaganda one could possibly imagine. Even now, the mainstream propaganda machine keeps fantasizing about some sort of grand counteroffensive that would “push back the evil Russians”, despite the fact that the Neo-Nazi junta simply doesn’t have the manpower, equipment, logistics and firepower to even defend efficiently enough, let alone launch offensive operations.

Image: Gen. Christopher Cavoli, Commander, U.S. European Command (From the Public Domain)

Officially, the United States and NATO keep insisting that the Kiev regime still has good chances of winning. They claim that the so-called “aid” is giving results and that this is keeping Moscow in check and preventing it from expanding the conflict. Worse yet, based on this false premise, many Washington DC warmongers think that escalating the conflict could result in Russia “backing down”. However, in reality, the Pentagon is not nearly as optimistic. 

Namely, speaking at the annual Aspen Security Forum on July 18, the Chief of NATO’s European Command, General Christopher G. Cavoli, warned that things are “not going to be easy” (to put it mildly), adding that the political West “can’t be under any illusions, as ultimately Russia will reconstitute its force” and that the Kremlin will be “very, very angry at the US and NATO”.

“But we can’t be under any illusions. At the end of a conflict in Ukraine, however it concludes, we are going to have a very, very big Russia problem,” Cavoli stated, adding: “We are going to have a situation where Russia is reconstituting its force, is located on the borders of NATO, is led by largely the same people as it is right now, is convinced that we’re the adversary, and is very, very angry.”

The so-called “reconstitution” of the Russian military is a common trope in NATO, as its political and military elites are desperate to find a way of justifying the blatant lie of Moscow’s mythical “massive losses”. The harsh reality is that not only is this a false premise based on ludicrous war propaganda, but the truth is quite literally the opposite, as it’s the Kiev regime that continues to suffer unprecedented losses in both manpower and equipment. Despite this, the mainstream propaganda machine keeps insisting on such fantasies. For instance, back in mid-December, the infamous CNN broke its own records in laughable claims by reporting that “Russia has lost a staggering 87% of the total number of active-duty ground troops it had prior to launching its invasion of Ukraine and two-thirds of its pre-invasion tanks”.

Hopefully, you’ve managed to catch your breath after laughing for several minutes (understandably so, given the sheer ridiculousness of such claims). This is important because the joke actually gets even better. Namely, the information came from “an anonymous source familiar with a declassified US intelligence assessment provided to Congress”. According to this “intelligence” assessment, “the war has sharply set back 15 years of Russian effort to modernize its ground force”. Then came the ludicrous numbers game, where CNN reported that “of the 360,000 troops that entered Ukraine, including contract and conscript personnel, Russia has lost 315,000 on the battlefield, 2,200 of 3,500 tanks and 4,400 of 13,600 infantry fighting vehicles and armored personnel carriers have also been destroyed, a 32% loss rate”.

CNN also claimed it reached out to the Russian Embassy for comment, which apparently never responded. And who could possibly blame the staff, given the fact that their job is far too serious to include commenting on bad comedy. In addition, a very likely scenario is that His Excellency Ambassador Anatoly Antonov was still laughing uncontrollably after reading all this. And he certainly wasn’t the only one.

“The idea that Ukraine was going to throw Russia back to the 1991 borders was preposterous,” Trump’s running mate, J.D. Vance, commented at the time.

This statement could explain the rather tense relationship between the Neo-Nazi junta and the Trump campaign, as Vance has never been too keen on wasting resources on one of the most corrupt regimes on the planet, while America itself is going through unprecedented internal and external hardships. As a combat correspondent, Vance realizes the harsh reality of the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict. This sentiment is shared by many in the top brass, including Cavoli himself, as he gave the House Armed Services Committee a reality check about virtually identical issues last year, openly questioning the war propaganda about the Russian military’s alleged “massive losses”. It’s precisely due to such false reporting that the mainstream propaganda machine is forced to lie even more to cover its tracks.

There’s simply no other way of explaining how Russia managed to “reconstitute” nearly 90% of its military after it was allegedly “destroyed” in Ukraine. It’s difficult to say what’s worse – claiming that Russia “lost so much” or the idea that it can “reconstitute” such enormous losses in mere months (despite claims that it’s perpetually running out of soldiers, missiles, tanks, ships, etc). Either way, the political West keeps getting entangled in the massive and intricate web of its own lies and narrative manipulation, while top-ranking US and NATO commanders fully realize that any sort of direct confrontation with Russia is a losing battle.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

This excursion has been a long time in the brewing, partly because my own area of expertise is relatively narrow, and partly because it addresses a world that has always been distasteful to me, the world of politics.

Nonetheless, wherever there are people, there are politics, and the processes that emanate from a gathering of individuals in furtherance of any particular end are daunting, difficult and never quite wholesomely satisfying, however necessary.

As a member, past and present, of various societies, professional groups and institutional affiliations, I have marvelled at how individual agendas push up against a group objective, sometimes to subvert it. For example, while serving as a Trustee of a psychiatric practice group many years ago, I met with a lawyer who had sought us out. He came with a request that was wonderfully simple and clear, namely, to accept referrals and provide counselling for lawyers in need of help with addictions. During this meeting, attended by two other Trustees, this easy matter inexplicably became rather impossible, mainly because one of the other Trustees on our Board incessantly interrupted the lawyer and threw up roadblocks at every possible opportunity. In the end the plans were scuttled.  

I discovered a few years later that the querulous and obdurate Trustee had his own addictions counselling practice which he felt would somehow be threatened by referrals to the professional organization of which he was a Trustee. So much for teamwork!

In the larger arena of world politics, which none of us can have escaped thanks to Covid, I have to conclude that things are worser and worser, exponentially. Those who aspire to positions of political power have to traverse a minefield which, if survived, may well claim every good intention and shred of conscience, so that the resulting product becomes a mere mouthpiece for his or her own notoriety and gain, the public weal often – but not always – becoming a distant forgotten shadow.

Recently I was tasked with perusing several books about the late President Lyndon Baines Johnson. The ordeal was both nauseating and enriching: nauseating because of the sick, perverse, relentlessly corrupt machinations and dealings at every level of the United States’ Congress, and enriching because it demolished the last remaining traces of personal naivete about the planes which powerful politicians inhabit. Johnson was as odious as he was scheming, as venal as he was sadistic, as manipulative as he was profane, and as criminal as he was self-aggrandizing.  

I once saw the man as he passed through the streets of Philadelphia in his motorcade during the sixties and I still remember the creased face of his large disinterested head seen through the right rear window of his limousine.

I therefore fully understand the scepticism of friends towards any world leader – indeed, we should always be sceptical and critical. Yet we must not so easily dismiss any form of hope or good and plunge into a nihilistic pit that offers no way out.

JFK is often held as a beacon, a man who did good and promised better in his short tenure before the – what shall I call them? The Deep State, the Warmongering Establishment, the CIA/FBI/MIC cartel? Whatever term I may use I now have no doubt that the faction that cut JFK down is part of the even more powerful faction responsible for Covid, endless war, depopulation, total surveillance and total control over us little people. So let me call them, simply, the Globalists.

Yet JFK too was no stranger to dirty tricks on the road to his position: there was a dark side to Camelot, as there is a dark side within us all. The greater political question then becomes, given the vicious battle it takes to assume a position of power, will there be enough left for ideals, for helping us to a fair shake, to decent lives, to the exercise of liberty,  and to the impartiality of law?

My own answer to these questions has been to compile a series or assumptions or premises as a kind of guide.

1. The Awareness of the Common Person

The greatest majority of people are busy working to make a living, paying off debt, worrying about whether the next paycheck will cover their needs and wants, avoiding physical harm, and negotiating the travails of child-rearing in an age of easy crime and profligate temptations. Their political information is derived from the Major Media Outlets, which therefore define the parameters of their political awareness.

2. The Major Media

I have come to believe, as indeed Covid has amply proved, that the Major Media are nothing more or less than organs of propaganda. Hiding behind the mantle of journalism, they have cleverly and efficiently pushed out phoney stories, falsehoods of every hue, and agendas of every stripe save those faithful to truth. If and when they dangle a morsel of truthful reportage, it is only to ensnare us into believing the other tripe they have on offer. I have personally not owned a television set in decades, and I have stopped reading the newspapers and magazines so dear to me in my youth: The New York Times, The New Yorker, The New York Review of Books, The Atlantic, Harper’s, The London Review of Books, The Guardian. It’s protected me from a lot of garbage and from the susceptibility to influences meant to relieve me of my capacity to think and inquire critically. “Fake News” doesn’t go far enough to describe their activities.

3. Political Manipulation

I listened recently to a person whom I would describe as an operative. He spoke about his friends in business and the capacity businesses have to analyze and parse potential customers’ wishes and sales vulnerabilities on a moment-to-moment basis. It rang true. I have no doubt, with the technology now possessed, that politicians do something similar with the masses of digital data collected and stored. Their use of focus groups is well known – in fact, when Bill Clinton ran for the presidency, I understand that his ‘thumbs up’ gesture had been developed out of the focus-group workshops his team had engineered.  When I first learned this I was aghast. Now I conclude that virtually everything a politician does or says is done or said with a meaningful purpose.

4. Closed-System Nihilism

During the heyday of Covid inoculation, when the push was on to jab children, I tried to caution a friend. She exploded furiously and would not deign to hear me out. When I asked her if there was anything I could show her to support my view that the jabs were hazardous to children, or at the very least, unnecessary, offering to send a particularly good article from an established medical journal, she said ‘no’. She said that nothing I could give, submit or proffer would change her own established view.

Closed-system thinking is not thinking: it is cultishness, it is solipsistic illusion that needs no verifiability nor brooks disconfirmation. When extended into the greater political sphere of our today – and we are in a battle for our lives and liberties, the likes of which has never approached our dangerous culminating times –  this kind of gloomy nihilism only serves the opponents of decency and life.

For example, to some of the people I know, there is absolutely nothing that Trump could do to stir a glimmer of hope that he will actually change the political establishment that has itself done everything in its power, including attempting actual murder, to stop him in his tracks.

‘He didn’t start a war during his presidency,’ I say. ‘He’ll plunge the world into a devastating war if he gets in again’, they respond.

‘They maligned him before he took office, started the phoney Russiagate, went after his tax returns, levied criminal complaints and actions, raided his home and even tried to kill him in cold blood,’ I say. ‘It’s all part of the show’, they respond, ‘he’s a fascist dictator playing a role.’

There is, in short, absolutely and positively nothing I can show, describe, illustrate, report or suggest that would change their view. 

If I speak about facts or deeds or evidence, they talk ominously about personality and character traits, about which I really don’t care because what I care about are what a politician does in office to help the people he or she represents. Speaking of which, did JFK’s well-documented extra-marital sexual philandering render him unfit for office?

A view or theory or proposition that is impervious to modification by any evidence is therefore no better than a self-feeding self-serving Belief. In this case, the Belief is utter nihilism: no-one hailing from a position of wealth and power can do us any good (with, of course, the exception of JFK, whose father was a tycoon and whose family fairly rolled in money).

I reject this. While I am all for having us people on the ground do our thing to further democratic and just ends, within our highly complex and stratified societies we need help in high places. 

JFK vowed to shatter the CIA into a thousand pieces but they got him before he could even scratch their skin. Trump vowed to drain the swamp but they made brushing his teeth a victory with their suffocating attacks, which included covid, by the way, and despite which he managed to keep the country out of war and to move it into the direction of self-sufficiency.

The coming American election in November – if it is not postponed – will be momentous. The playing field is clear. On the one side we have the unabashed Globalists, masquerading as virtue-touting climate-concerned humanitarians who are all for eating bugs and further purifying the land of industry. On the other you have a Constitutionalist who touts peace, American manufacturing, and breaking the back of the Deep State. 

Illogical nihilism leads to one end: darkness and despair. Measured optimism to another. We need a break, an opening, a chance.

In the political landscape of limited choice, choose we must. 

At the very least, come November, I figure that more people than ever have been wised up about how we are manipulated; more people than ever will know how to do their own fact-checking; more people than ever will have turned away from MSM to more reliable sources of news, which include ourselves. 

This gathering of populist force, this breaking apart of the propaganda stranglehold on our perceptions, will be a formidable one no matter who purports to represent us. 

I don’t expect a Nirvana from anyone, and if we are led down another hellish garden path all we can do is continue the fight. The struggle is never over.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Dr. Garcia is a Philadelphia-born psychoanalyst and psychiatrist who emigrated to New Zealand in 2006. He has authored articles ranging from explorations of psychoanalytic technique, the psychology of creativity in music (Mahler, Rachmaninoff, Scriabin, Delius), and politics. He is also a poet, novelist and theatrical director. He retired from psychiatric practice in 2021 after working in the public sector in New Zealand. Visit his substack at https://newzealanddoc.substack.com/.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image source

At the same time as the media directed all attention to the assassination attempt on Donald Trump, the second revision of the UN’s Pact for the Future was released. Almost no one takes notice of the negotiations taking place. Trump also represents all the “dangers” that the proposed new UN system intends to solve. In the Pact’s introduction, a warning is delivered that we are about to cross a dangerous tipping point that risks giving rise to a more uncertain and chaotic world:

We are confronted by a growing range of catastrophic and existential risks. If we do not change course, we risk tipping irreversibly into a future of persistent crisis and breakdown.

Can we assume that such a tipping point is Donald Trump being elected US President? But according to the United Nations, there are both “opportunities” and “hope”. The crises and challenges that are looming on the horizon will not be solvable by individual states alone. Instead, it opens up for a new multilateral system that “harnesses advances in science, technology and innovation” to create collective action.

According to WEF adviser and historian Yuval Harari, the election of Donald Trump will inevitably accelerate the dismantling of the old system. Trump becomes the face of the global crisis. This is as per design.

It can be argued that Trump is the elite’s “Wreck-It Ralph” with the task of ending the American empire’s “liberal world order” and plunging it into chaos before the new international economic order is introduced.

A move to replace Joe Biden with Kamela Harris won’t really change the game. Without a presidential candidate of Barack Obama’s caliber, it will be difficult to stop Trump’s road to victory. The assassination attempt has only strengthened his chances. In addition to being blessed with the “grace of God” and spared from an untimely death, Trump also has support from the highest echelons of worldly power.

Only two days after the assassination attempt, Trump introduced his running mate, J.D. Vance. He has a background as a venture capitalist in multi-billionaire Peter Thiel’s Mithril Capital and subsequently received help from Thiel in building a political career and platform. As president, Donald Trump was also supported by Thiel (who had eight of his closest men placed in Trump’s presidential administration).

The fact that the tech billionaire Thiel, an alumnus of WEF’s Young Global Leaders program, is a member of the Bilderberg Group’s steering committee together with Klaus Schwab’s left-hand man Börge Brende and WEF-trustee André Hoffmann (vice-chair of Roche) gives a clear indication of Trump’s function in the global game. Both sides are played to produce the desired outcome.

On the same day that the vice-presidential candidate was presented, Elon Musk announced that he supports Trump’s candidacy by donating 45 million dollars a month until the election.[1] Musk has stepped forward as a champion of free speech (with his purchase of Twitter, now X ) and has questioned the WEF’s status as an “unelected world government” but at the same time runs transhumanist projects such as Neuralink and believes that humans need to merge with AI in order not to mitigate the risk of being annihilated by this threat.[2]

That the controversial Musk, whose grandfather was leader of the Canadian branch of Technocracy Inc. and was also named a Young Global Leader by the WEF in 2008, would be a genuine adversary standing up against Klaus Schwab does not add up. With his grandiose hubris projects, he rather personifies everything that the fourth industrial revolution stands for.

Peter Thiel also embraces the same transhumanist worldview and has made his fortune by supplying surveillance technologies to the CIA, the Pentagon and the Israeli Defense Forces.[3] His company Palantir, which enjoyed early support from the CIA’s venture capital fund In-Q-Tel, is also a partner of the WEF’s Center for the Fourth Industrial Revolution.[4]

Musk and Thiel are both part of “the PayPal Mafia”, a group of individuals who were previously associated with the payment service PayPal (as founders or employees) to later start other influential technology companies such as Tesla, Palantir, YouTube and LinkedIn.

The actions of the two billionaires and their support for Trump can be said to be part of a larger strategic plan to reshape the world. They are tech optimists in the spirit of the futurist Herman Kahn and stand as a counterweight to the neo-Malthusian futurists in the Club of Rome. But in the end they share the same goal—a technocratic world system (read more about Kahn and the World Future Society in my book Rockefeller: Controlling the Game).

What Yuval Harari does not mention is that in the background there are preparations for the system that is supposed to take over when the old one has been demolished. The New International Order envisioned by the Trilateralist Zbigniew Brzezinski in The Grand Chessboard is woven into the Pact of the Future.

But before that system is finally in place, we will very likely experience new global crises. The old order must go. This is what Donald Trump will face if elected. I want to remind you of what Trump’s friend Henry Kissinger (1923–2023) wrote in his opinion article “The Chance for a new world order” in the New York Times in 2009:

The ultimate challenge is to shape the common concern of most countries and all major ones regarding the economic crisis, together with a common fear of jihadist terrorism, into a common strategy reinforced by the realization that the new issues like proliferation, energy and climate change permit no national or regional solution.

The question is which crises and which actions follow? In the context of C-19, the protocols were followed to the letter while the public-private partnership Operation Warp Speed ​​delivered vaccines in record time with assistance from the Department of Defense (after the project was launched by Trump in May 2020).

Crises create opportunities for those who have access to the best intelligence.

One of the most important clauses in the Pact for the Future deals with strengthening the international response to complex global shocks (where a multidimensional, multi-actor response with a whole-of-society approach is required). The UN Secretary-General is therefore requested by the Member States to:

Develop, in consultation with Member States, protocols for convening and operationalizing emergency platforms based on flexible approaches to respond to a range of different complex global shocks.

It can be assumed that the multi-stakeholder networks convened will have close interaction with the various working groups of the World Economic Forum according to the formula used during the C19 pandemic (see WEF’s 2016 system initiative Shaping the Future of Health and Healthcare). The world’s governments have long been infiltrated by the WEF so as not to stand in the way.

The pact also means that partnerships must be strengthened with “relevant” stakeholders (global financial institutions, the private sector, academia and non-governmental organizations). The fight against the crisis is financially lucrative for the companies that are at the forefront, while it changes the world in the desired direction.

“Never let a good crisis go to waste”, as Winston Churchill once said.

Both Musk and Thiel will stand as winners in a world system that will “use technology and data to anticipate risks, seize opportunities, act early and manage uncertainty.” It is their technologies that will form the foundation. Musk’s success with Tesla is, for example, a consequence of the UN’s climate policy, while Thiel’s Palantir assists with platforms to measure companies’ carbon footprint.[5]

In the policy brief that deals with the emergency platform, seven different crises are described that could become a reality if the world chooses the “wrong path”. It’s like a built-in threat. “If you don’t go along and accept our protection, we will burn down your house”.

Any area deemed in need of change will be subjected to shock therapy. In the event of a major conflict, several of these global shocks will be triggered simultaneously (polycrisis mode) with a global state of emergency as a consequence.

Then a new United Nations with muscles can rise out of the ashes as a new world authority. The Pact of the Future provides guidelines on how the UN should be “upgraded” to meet the challenges in the concluding chapter “Transforming Global Governance”.

A transformation in global governance is essential to ensure that the positive progress we have seen across all three pillars of the United Nations’ work in recent decades does not unravel. We will not allow this to happen.

The language is cautious but negotiations are ongoing. Proposals include a clause on reforming the Security Council. There is a desire to abolish the veto power of the Security Council (comprised of the victors of World War II). According to the plan, the agreement will be fully negotiated at the beginning of August to be signed at the UN Summit of the Future in New York on September 22-23.

In the background, intensive work is also underway to create new institutions that can handle a “planetary emergency”. This includes a global environmental agency and an international environmental court.[6]

At the end of May, the Swedish Global Challenges Foundation, United Nations University Centre for Policy Research, and the Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research published the policy brief “Towards a Planetary Commons Approach for Environmental Governance”, where a global governance body is proposed to take over the management of all the planet’s life support systems; hydrosphere (water), atmosphere (air), biosphere (life), lithosphere (land) and cryosphere (ice)!

It sounds like something out of a Bond film but is a real recommendation for the Summit of the Future. The Global Challenges Foundation, with the Potsdam Institute’s co-director Johan Rockström on the board, has been given a key role and also finances the Executive Office of the UN Secretary-General António Guterres, the UN’s HLAB on Effective Multilateralism (which advises the UN’s future agenda) and The Earth Commission (part of Rockefeller Philanthropy Advisors’ project Global Commons Alliance tasked with establishing “safe boundaries” for the Earth system).

Previously, through his co-chairmanship of the Climate Governance Commission (this project is also initiated by the Global Challenges Foundation), Rockström has proposed that a state of emergency be declared during the Summit of the Future. Through the establishment of a planetary emergency platform and a “courageous top-down leadership”, urgent measures must then be implemented to avoid dangerous breaking points being exceeded.[7] It undeniably sounds like a coup.

“The recommendations have clear connections to Club of Rome member Paul Raskin’s future scenario, in the book Journey to Earthland: The Great Transition to Planetary Civilization, where the elite alliance “New Earth Order”—consisting of “the masters of the universe”—business leaders, powerful politicians, thought leaders – takes power during “the great crisis era by declaring a planet-wide state of emergency and launching a provisional world authority.”

Then follows, according to Raskin, a period of authoritarian policing where resistance is controlled with the help of big-data and sophisticated surveillance technologies before the people rise up and prepare the way for the establishment of an “enlightened international governance” where the “evil” authoritarian world government is deposed to be replaced by the “good” democratic world government.

What is clear is that the “liberation of the people” will be supported by the same actors who introduced the terror regime.

As I write about in my book The Global Coup d’État, Raskin’s project The Great Transition Initiative was initiated and financed by the Rockefeller Foundation and the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP), with the Tellus Institute and the Stockholm Environment Institute (SEI) as organisers. SEI was founded in 1988 by the first IPCC-chairman Bert Bolin and the Swedish Minister of the Environment, Birgitta Dahl. Bolin was included as a referee for The Great Transition Initiative and in 2003 recruited Johan Rockström to the post as SEI’s executive director.[8]

It is noteworthy that Johan Rockström has contributed essays to The Great Transition Initiative at the same time that Rockström’s climate commission receives support from the Rockefeller Foundation.

It indicates that Raskin’s scenarios are used as a basis for the transformation crusade that Rockström has been appointed to lead. Last year, Rockström ended up on Time Magazine’s list of the hundred most influential people in the world (in the category “Titan” together with, among others, Elon Musk).[9]

The New Paradigm: “It envisions the ascendance of new categories of consciousness—global citizenship, humanity-as-whole, the wider web of life, and the well-being of future generations—alongside democratic institutions of global governance.”

The end goal is the creation of “One World”. A global ecological model society with a stabilized climate/controlled population growth (New Paradigm). After the steel bath and the “reform era”, according to Raskin, “paradise” will appear through the establishment of the “Commonwealth of Earthland”. He puts the time for this at 2048.

Is it a coincidence that this date is the 200th anniversary of the Communist Manifesto?

The procedure is similar to what the Swedish philosopher and “former” communist Torbjörn Tännsjö argued for in Sweden’s premier newspaper Dagens Nyheter 2018:

Something has to happen quickly. The establishment of global governance must take place through a coup, a kind of existential leap, where the sovereign nation-states are forced to cease to exist. A global government in the form of a global despotism takes over. Democracy must come later, in the form of a long-term reform project, much like democracy is established within existing non-democratic nation-states.[10]

While Tännsjö has endured a lot of criticism for his advocacy of a global climate dictatorship, Rockström’s recommendations for a planetary emergency, top-down leadership and heavy-handed regulations have largely passed uncommented. Instead, he is treated as an environmental superhero who will save our world from destruction, but Johan “Fix-It Felix” Rockström, just like Donald “Wreck-It Ralph” Trump, has support from the highest places. They represent the two poles of the dialectical game. One will break down the old order and the other will “build back better”.

The outcome is then designed to accelerate a global transformation into a high-tech planetary civilization (global technocracy) where development and evolution are ultimately intended to be controlled by the “Master of the Universe”.

Now who are these? I will return to this in my next book Temple of Solomon.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Notes

[1] www.reuters.com/world/us/musk-plans-commit-around-45-million-month-new-pro-trump-super-pac-wsj-reports-2024-07-16/

[2] www.foxbusiness.com/politics/musk-rips-world-economic-forum-unelected-world-government

[3] www.forbes.com/sites/andygreenberg/2013/08/14/agent-of-intelligence-how-a-deviant-philosopher-built-palantir-a-cia-funded-data-mining-juggernaut/#:~:text=Palantir%20was%20rescued%20by%20a,Q%2DTel%20executive%20Harsh%20Patel.

[4] www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_C4IR_Network_Impact_Report_2022-2023.pdf

[5] www.reuters.com/technology/palantir-trafigura-aim-track-carbon-emissions-oil-industry-2022-05-24/

[6] thenew.institute/en/programs/planetary-governance

[7] www.stimson.org/2023/governing-our-planetary-emergency/

[8] https://www.stockholmresilience.org/download/18.6a05f90515fd62ae18918c4b/1523628566393/SUNI%20149%20SRC%2010%20year-interaktiv-enkelsida.pdf

[9] time.com/collection/100-most-influential-people-2023/6269887/johan-rockstrom/

[10] www.dn.se/kultur-noje/sa-kan-klimatkrisen-leda-fram-till-en-global-despoti/

Featured image source

Five months old Charlie James Sears died suddenly in his sleep on Jan. 25, 2018, weeks after his 4-month childhood vaccinations.  

It was ruled SIDS (Sudden Infant Death Syndrome).

Infant Charles James “Charlie” Sears passed away on Thursday, January 25, 2018. He was born on August 27, 2017 in Kennestone Hospital in Marietta.

.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has arrived in Washington, but he was not met at the airport by the US President, Vice President, or even the US Secretary of State in an official snub.

Netanyahu will address a joint session of Congress on Wednesday while speaking from a position of power in the political sphere of America because of the incredible influence of AIPAC.

Netanyahu has successfully postponed the Gaza ceasefire deal he previously agreed to, kept himself in power and out of jail, and contributed to the decision of US President Joe Biden to leave the race for a second term as president. Netanyahu is betting on Trump.

A meeting between Netanyahu and Biden is scheduled for Tuesday afternoon, but insiders believe the meeting will be called off, and the blame will be diplomatically placed on Biden’s case of Covid-19. Biden had been low in the polls, and faced mounting criticism.  But, very recently he and his advisors had made a firm decision to stay in the race and prevent President Donald Trump from a second term.

Biden was counting on being able to stop the war in Gaza.  Had he successfully ended a war which has taken the lives of some 38,000 Palestinians, with 60% of whom are women and children, and secured the release of Israeli hostages, he had a good chance of winning votes from Americans who see the Israeli military brutality on unarmed civilians as completely contrary to American core values of human rights and justice.

Biden’s blind support of Israel through weapons transfers, despite war crimes and atrocities committed by the Israeli Defense Forces, has angered many Americans, including the staff of the White House and US State Department. Biden pinned his re-election hopes on his ceasefire deal, which Hamas and Israel agreed to. But then, Netanyahu reneged on his agreement with Biden on the ceasefire, and this is when Biden and his advisors decided to throw in the towel.

Experts are pointing to an intelligence assessment provided to Egyptian President Abdel Fattah El-Sisi which concludes the ceasefire talks in Doha may not progress until November because of Netanyahu’s belief that Trump will win.  Netanyahu and his Jewish extremist administration will then likely enjoy a free hand in Gaza, which includes plans to annex Gaza and the West Bank.

On July 11, Biden proudly announced his imminent cease-fire deal, saying his proposed framework was “now agreed on by both Israel and Hamas.” Biden added,

“We’re making progress, the trend is positive, and I’m determined to get this deal done and bring an end to this war, which should end now.”

On Monday, according to the White House, Israel “affirmed its full support for the deal as outlined by President Biden and endorsed by the UN Security Council, G7, and countries around the world.”

But, in a shocking betrayal, Netanyahu turned course and decided to buy time until Trump, “the best friend that Israel has ever had in the White House” takes office.

Netanyahu has consistently delayed the Gaza cease-fire talks in Doha by preventing his negotiating team from travel, and now he has created new demands, despite Hamas agreeing to big concessions.

He must appease two far-right cabinet members, Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich and National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir, who have threatened to dissolve his government if he signs a cease-fire deal with Hamas.

Regardless of enormous pressure from the Israeli public, who demand a deal to release the Israeli hostages after 10-months in captivity, Netanyahu has stuck to his policy of buying time at the expense of the hostages, their families, and the future of Biden.

Even before Biden’s current political troubles Netanyahu was engaged in regular slow-walking of the cease-fire talks

Israel agreed to the Biden cease-fire proposal on May 27.  The came the bombshell, which even shocked Netanyahu’s chief negotiator, Mossad head David Barnea.  Netanyahu insisted on keeping an Israeli military presence in two corridors: along the border with Egypt, the so-called Philadelphi corridor; as well as along the Netzarim corridor that cuts through the center of Gaza. Both sides had thought that issue was not an obstacle.

“The hostages are suffering but they are not dying,” Netanyahu said.  Barnea, has warned that the female hostages in particular may not survive much longer.

The Israeli public is outraged that Netanyahu has left Israel without completing the cease-fire deal which would ensure the release of Israeli captives.

Ben-Gvir said in a cabinet meeting recently,

“Making a reckless deal now would not only endanger Israel, but would be a slap in the face of Trump, and a win for Biden.”

Netanyahu angered Trump when he congratulated Biden for winning in 2020 at a time when Trump was trying to overturn the election.  Later, Trump would say in an interview referring to Netanyahu, “F**k him”.

In 2018, Netanyahu hit the jack-pot when Trump pulled out of the 2015 Iran nuclear deal. In his last speech to Congress in 2015, Netanyahu infuriated Obama by urging that the nuclear deal be scuttled. Israel’s longest-serving premier has virtually made his career in Israeli politics by billing himself as the only one who can manipulate the US.

Biden had insisted that opening up negotiations toward a two-state solution is necessary.  Netanyahu and his administration refuse to consider a peace plan, and voted overwhelmingly on July 18 to oppose a Palestinian state.

Netanyahu and his coalition allies who are Jewish extremists have a powerful allied segment of the American society: the Republican Evangelical Christians.  When Netanyahu came to office, one of his two main goals was to increase Jewish settlements in the West Bank, and finally to annex the whole Occupied Palestinian territory. Both Smotrich and Ben-Gvir are settlers.

Many of the Jewish settlers in the illegal settlements in the Occupied West Bank are American citizens who migrated to Israel.  The have many organizations promoting solidarity between Evangelical Christians in the US, who are overwhelmingly Republicans and Trump supporters, and the settlers.  These groups host Republican politicians on trips to the West Bank settlements, including US House Speaker Mike Johnson, who visited prior to becoming Speaker.

On Friday, the top UN court ruled the settlements were illegal, and it has been US policy to regard them as illegal, and an obstacle to a two-state solution.

Israeli Jews and American Evangelical Christians, who both hold extreme right-wing political views, have formed grassroots alliances while working to convince Trump and the Republican Party to drop longstanding US support for a Palestinian state, arguing it rewarded the Oct. 7 Hamas attack on Israel.

A May poll in Israel revealed that just 33% of Israelis support a two-state solution and 32% of Israelis favor Israel annexing the Occupied West Bank.

The settlers are betting on Trump and his right-wing Evangelical Christian supporters to annex their homes into Israel, thus displacing permanently the 3 million Palestinians who live there, and permanently depriving the Palestinians their freedom and human rights. Netanyahu is betting on Trump to keep him out of jail.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Another Day in the Empire

Bombshells in the 2024 Elections – Past and Future

By Dr. Jack Rasmus, July 23, 2024

The 2024 election may be like no other. In less than a month—from June 27 to July 21—three bombshells have gone off. Anyone thinking that’s the end of it is politically naïve.

China Brings Peace to the Middle East While Washington Bombs and Terrorizes

By Mike Whitney, July 24, 2024

China firmly supports the just cause of the Palestinian people in restoring their legitimate national rights, supports all Palestinian factions in achieving reconciliation through dialogue and consultation, and supports Palestine in realizing solidarity, unity and independent statehood at the earliest possible date.

The Trump Drama Eclipses the Rest of the World – While This Very World Falls Apart

By Peter Koenig, July 24, 2024

The plots abound and become deeply confusing. They are also obfuscating what else is going on in the world – crimes of biblical proportions. Is blending the world’s vision out from these and other secretly prepared events part of the Trump Drama?

The Secret Service’s Failure-to-Protect Is Being Blamed on “an Operational Failure”

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 23, 2024

The issue for the Republicans is Secret Service Director Kimberly Cheatle’s resignation and not whether there was an attempt on Trump’s life. For example, Rep. James Comer, chairman of the House Oversight Committee, defined the issue as the Secret Service “lacks the proper management.”

Ethnics’ Votes Helped Pezeshkian to Win the Presidency in Iran

By Prof. Akbar E. Torbat, July 23, 2024

Pezeshkian wants to pursue the same theocratic rules as before and comply with the religious orders. The same theocratic dictatorship will be imposed on Iranians. After his victory, Pezeshkian thanked Ali Khamenei, the Supreme Leader, and said, “If he was not there, our names would not easily come out of the boxes,” and insisted on his loyalty to the Leader.

The Truth About Detoxification — Supporting Your Body’s Natural Processes

By Dr. Ashley Armstrong, July 23, 2024

In recent years, the concept of “detoxing” has gained immense popularity, with countless products, diets, and programs promising to cleanse your body of harmful toxins. However, the reality of detoxification is far more complex and nuanced than many of these quick-fix solutions would have you believe.

COVID-19 Acute Respiratory Failure 2x as Deadly for “Vaccinated”

By Dr. Mark Trozzi, July 23, 2024

Researchers in Ohio studied 152 severely ill adult patients who were admitted to Ohio State University Hospital with Acute Respiratory Failure (ARF) between May 2020 and November 2022. Of these patients, 112 tested positive for COVID-19, while 40 did not.

Long before the Russian retaliation of February 2022 against the shelling of the predominantly ethnic Russian Donbas, before the British arming and training of Ukraine forces (including openly Nazi militia) and before the fanatical tub thumping of Boris Johnson, the British public had made their opposition to war in Ukraine very clear:

.

.

Although they were never allowed to know the truth about the 20 year expansion of NATO and the EU to the East, (moving in Ukraine to the heart of Historic Russian land) the British people’s instincts were sound. There is no doubt that they were also well aware of the disastrous state of their country’s armed forces with navy, army and airforce dramatically reduced in size and effectiveness compared to the height of the cold war – or even the Falklands war.

As a letter from Chris Cope in the Daily Telegraph summarised the state of naval forces:

Of our two carriers, HMS Queen Elizabeth is in refit until next month. Four of the six Type-45 destroyers are in refit, as are four of the Navy’s nine Type-23 frigates. Of the eight remaining vessels, three will shortly commence sea trials. 

Three of the four Trident ballistic submarines are operational. The Ministry of Defence never discloses the state of the rest of the Navy’s submarine fleet (SSNs), but last November, Admiral Sir Ben Key, the First Sea Lord, told the Defence Committee that he believed that he could operate three of the six SSNs in service. Both the Navy’s amphibious ships (LPDs) are non-operational. 

It is shocking that the UK has just 29 warships in service, representing 28 per cent of the number that we had in 1982. However, of those 29, only 14 are fully operational. 

The Financial Times noted that the fleet does not have enough ships to deter Russian submarines around our shores and in the Atlantic.

A former director of the MoD Rob Johnson also told the newspaper that the British armed forces are operating at an “absolute minimum”, which allows them only to carry out peacekeeping and humanitarian assistance operations, as well as the evacuation of civilians and counter-sabotage measures. In the event of a large-scale conflict, Britain would quickly run out of ammunition and the country would not be able to conduct successful military operations.

Johnson also noted that Britain’s air defence system is not developed enough to repel long-range missiles and the Air Force needs to double the number of fighter jets.

The UK tank fleet would be destroyed in two weeks in a war with Russia retired Lieutenant Colonel of the Royal Armed Forces Stuart Crawford told The Sun newspaper. London plans to buy just 148 new Challenger 3 tanks, which are believed to be enough for just two weeks of intense fighting with Russia.

According to Crawford, such a modest number of tanks prevents even its Allies from considering Britain a “military power of the highest order.”

“At the height of the Cold War, not so long ago, the British Army’s Royal Armoured Corps had about 900 main battle tanks,” – Crawford said but in 2023 alone, the Russian Ground Forces received more than 1.5 thousand tanks. In 2024, the Russian army will receive more than 36 thousand units of equipment, the Russian Ministry of Defense reported.

Losing Arms and Secret Data

The British Armed Forces lost an entire arsenal of weapons, including machine guns, assault rifles, rocket launchers and thousands of rounds of ammunition.

As The Daily Telegraph reported, citing official department reports, since 2018, 1.4 thousand computers, 100 laptops and about 300 memory cards on which confidential data could be stored have also gone missing – representing a huge potential threat to the security of the British armed forces.

UK Psychologists Teach Ukrainian Soldiers to Hate

There seem to be no limits to the fanatical and destructive support of Ukraine (with catastrophic results for Ukrainians) as the country is used as a battering ram to attack Russia. Vladimir Buchok, a serviceman of the 24th brigade of the AFU, describes his training:

“I was trained in the UK. They taught us how to use weapons and medicine. Psychologists worked on us so that we did not like Russian soldiers and all Russians in general, so that we killed them and treated them harshly when we captured them,” Vladimir said.

Commenting on the moral and psychological state of his brigade, the captured AFU serviceman said:

“When I came to my brigade, our morale was generally low, the commanders forced us to loot, there was no food”.

Vladimir Buchok received all his equipment back in Britain:

“We were given armour plates that could be pierced with a knife, helmets too, training helmets. We also had to buy everything with our own money”. 

This is despite British aid for Ukraine in 2024 of more than £3bn!!

UK Special Forces in Ukraine 

Elite British special forces were operating on the ground in Ukraine weeks after Russia invaded last year. That is the allegation contained in the book, Poland at War, by Polish journalist Zbigniew Parafianowicz.

The author is Ukraine correspondent for a daily newspaper in Warsaw and had access to political insiders and senior officials. He quotes an unnamed Polish government minister who claims to have run into British commandos in mid-March 2022 as he was travelling between Kyiv and the city of Zhytomyr. The minister said: 

“It was a time when the Russians were still standing in Bucha, and the route was a grey zone. It was possible to run into Russians. We passed the last checkpoint. The Ukrainians told us that we continue at our own risk. Well, and who did we meet next? Ukrainian soldiers and… British special forces. Uniformed. With weapons. They moved with the Ukrainians in trucks and off-road vehicles with artillery radars. They were tracking targets. They were learning about this war. Such radar tracks where mortar or rocket shells fall and are fired.”

A retired Spanish Army Colonel Pedro Baños has said on his youtube channel that 18 members of the British Special Air Service as well as French army soldiers were killed in a Russian strike on Odessa, although neither the British government nor the press have reported British soldiers killed in Ukraine since they are officially not there!

According to him, another 25 members of the British Special Air Service were injured.

“And they tell me that the French soldiers died… these are not mercenaries who are French, no, these are soldiers of the French army,” he added.

The British Political Class Risks Russian Attack

And yet, as we see from the new Labour Prime Minister Starmer the British political class is second to none in its hysterical and uncritical promotion of Kiev’s war, welcoming members of the Nazi Azov battalion to the Houses of Parliament and providing long range Storm Shadow missiles and almost certainly British advisers/operators targeting Russian forces.

Indeed the then conservative MP Andrew Bridgen met the Russian ambassador who said the Russians knew of the UK operators of Storm Shadows in Ukraine. See this.

In May this year the UK’s Ambassador in Moscow “was warned that the response to Ukrainian strikes on Russia using British weapons could be on any British military facilities and equipment on the territory of Ukraine or beyond” – the Official Russian Statement

Russian Presidential special envoy Sergei Ivanov has said that Britain is the most hostile state for Russia:

“Great Britain has been doing the same thing for 300-400 years – trying to limit Russia: its influence, economic power. Do everything so that Russia sits on the outskirts of Europe. It doesn’t matter whether this policy concerns the Russian Empire, the Soviet Union, the Russian Federation – it’s all the same” Ivanov said.[1]

It is, to put it mildly, foolish of British politicians to “shout loudly and carry a small stick”! Especially since there has been no parliamentary approval of any war against Russia. We live in dangerous times.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on Freenations.

Note

[1] See Freenations post http://freenations.net/ukraine-russia-and-the-third-crusade-by-ken-leslie/ 

Featured image is from Freenations

“I’m not a big fan of that presidential candidate’s pro-genocide policies, but I like her positions on women’s reproductive healthcare” is not the sort of thing that would be said in a sane and normal country.

*

The single defining feature of this political moment in the United States is that all major presidential candidates favor continuing the perpetration of an active genocide — and that everyone’s trying to tap dance around this issue.

That’s it. That’s the main story here. It’s not “American democracy is on the line in this election.” It’s not “Making America great again” or “Taking back our country” or “Fighting the woke agenda” or any of that braindead nonsense. The main story is that an actual genocide is scheduled to continue no matter whom Americans elect, and everyone’s meant to just ignore that point as though it’s some small insignificant quibble and focus on the candidates’ positions on other issues like immigration reform and student loan debt forgiveness.

The main story is this mind-warpingly insane situation in which progressive-minded Americans now find themselves saying plainly ridiculous things like “Gosh I’m not crazy about this candidate’s pro-genocide policies, but I really like what she’s saying about tax credits for low and middle income families!” It’s that right wingers are now forced to adopt the position “Yeehaw, Trump’s gonna end the wars and bring our troops home and Make America Great Again, right after he helps Israel defeat Hamas, Hezbollah, the Houthis, the Shia militias in Iraq and Syria, and oh yeah, also Iran.” It’s that independents are saying “RFK Jr is going to dismantle the war machine while simultaneously backing a genocide and pledging ‘unconditional support’ for the front-line aggressor in today’s major conflicts throughout the middle east.”

That’s what all the headlines should be about. Not how Trump’s 2024 campaign strategy differs from his other presidential runs. Not the ways Kamala should go after him in their first debate. The main story in US politics is the fact that there’s a genocide happening which all viable candidates support, and that an entire country is trying to find ways to psychologically compartmentalize around this horrifying fact.

❖

You can’t “lesser evil” a genocide. That’s not a thing. Past a certain line a candidate is just plain evil, and if genocide is not on the other side of that line for you, then it no longer makes sense for you to talk about “evil” — or any other moral distinction for that matter. By framing the single worst thing a leader can do as a forgivable infraction, you have made all moral distinctions nonsensical. You live your life with your head in a moral universe where good and bad have no meaning apart from your feelings and how things make you feel. 

You can say you’re voting for your preferred genocidal monster because you feel a preference for that genocidal monster’s positions on healthcare or gun control or whatever, but what you can’t do is fool anyone who has their eyes open into believing you are siding with any kind of “lesser evil”. Once you’ve crossed into the same kind of moral landscape that would argue for supporting Six-Headed Hitler to stop Seven-Headed Hitler, you’re no longer standing in a landscape where it makes sense to talk about good and evil.

The progressive case for Kamala Harris in a nutshell: https://t.co/dL1SxbWjlp pic.twitter.com/VY6jglQfgB

— Caitlin Johnstone (@caitoz) July 22, 2024

The closer we get to the November election the clearer it will become which American lefties have been using the word “genocide” sincerely and which have been using it solely to gain acceptance and approval in leftist circles.

*

What makes watching the Gaza genocide so much more awful is remembering how nobody suffered any consequences for the invasion of Iraq. Everything just went back to the same dystopian “normal”, despite our just having watched them lie the world into an unforgivable mass atrocity with the full complicity of our news media. It was like a family watching a father casually behead his daughter over Thursday night dinner, and then everyone just returning to their meal and going on as though nothing had happened.

And realistically that’s what we can expect to see after this horror as well. Israel will keep all the material gains it made from its crimes in Gaza, just as the US did in Iraq. Biden will die peacefully in his bed surrounded by loved ones, as will Netanyahu, when neither of these monsters have any business dying anywhere outside a prison cell in The Hague. All the war crimes, all the lies, all the mass media propaganda and distortions, will all likely go completely unpunished, and then the empire will go on to its next unfathomable evil.

This will be the case until the people get fed up enough to use the power of their numbers to force drastic changes to the systems which organize this civilization. Until then, none of the world’s worst people will be in prison. The law will exist not to protect us from the worst of our society, but to protect the worst of our society from us.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

Ongoing processor vaccine related eye disorders first reported two year ago in May 2021

First published on May 6, 2021

***

In just a few months, the World Health Organization received approximately 20,000 reports of new eye disorders that occurred post covid-19 vaccination. These reports include 303 cases of blindness and 1,625 cases of visual impairment! The European drug monitoring agency had never recorded such a severe spike in eye injuries until after the experimental vaccines were launched. These reports were collected by VigiBase and analyzed by the Uppsala Monitoring Centre in Uppsala, Sweden.

About half of the new eye disorders were additionally reported to the U.K.’s Yellow Card adverse event reporting system, which was set up to monitor the influx of adverse events that were anticipated during this live, experimental vaccine study. Back in 2020, the vaccine makers had already entered into liability-free contracts with governments around the world. This has enabled mass vaccine injury with no recourse or accountability and set up the framework for a historic, worldwide holocaust.

Ophthalmologists need more training to properly recognize and report vaccine injury

These experimental vaccines are designed to cause inflammation throughout the body, by reprogramming human cells to produce inflammatory spike proteins that are derived from the bio-weapon itself. Eye damage is merely a symptom of this inflammation, a sign of more serious problems to come with capillaries and autoimmune issues. The inflammatory conditions caused by the vaccines provide a new revenue stream for various industries within the medical system, including ophthalmology.

With mounting evidence of eye injury post-vaccination, ophthalmologists are ethically obligated to denounce these covid-19 vaccines. The vaccines are causing acute eye injuries at scale and are an underlying cause of inflammation for future eye disorders and other health problems. However, ophthalmologists are not properly trained to recognize, diagnose and report vaccine injury.

When the U.S. FDA issued Emergency Use Authorization for these experimental ‘vaccines’, they did not mention eye disorders specifically. In their fact sheet, they warn, “additional adverse reactions, some of which may be serious, may become apparent with more widespread use of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine.”

In the UK’s Yellow Card System, vaccine-induced eye damage includes 4,616 cases of severe eye pain, 3,839 cases of blurred vision, 1,808 cases of light intolerance, and 559 cases of double vision. These issues were not prevalent until the vaccine was used. Some of the eye issues are mild but could be a sign of more serious issues within the cardiovascular or nervous systems. There were 768 cases of eye irritation, 731 cases of itchy eyes, 788 cases of ocular hyperemia, 459 cases of eye strain, 400 cases of dry eye, and 653 cases of increased lacrimation.

The covid vaccine holocaust is destroying people’s hearing and vision

More serious issues of swelling were documented as well, including swelling around the eye (366 incidences), swelling of the eyelid (360 incidences) eyelid oedema (298) conjunctival haemorrhage or breakage of a small eye vessel (236), periorbital oedema (171), and eye haemorrhage (169). The swelling can be indicative of more serious cerebral, spinal, and/or cardiovascular issues. Blood clots and nervous system disorders are a commonly reported adverse event. The eye disorders provide a window of opportunity to understand just how severe the inflammation is. Ophthalmologists are able to identify early signs of vaccine-induced brain swelling, cardiovascular issues and stroke to help patients seek emergency care before the patient becomes another casualty to these horrid vaccines.

One 33-year-old pilot had severe migraines and sudden vision problems following the Pfizer vaccine. The pain migrated down the back of his neck toward the bottom of his skull. The pain lasted for several days and was accompanied by dizziness, nausea, disorientation, confusion, uncontrollable shaking, and tingling in his toes and fingers. He was ultimately evaluated by doctors. The Pfizer COVID vaccine had increased the pressure in his spinal cord and brain stem, rupturing his left inner ear, and damaging his eyesight.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com

Yes, it is of utmost importance that the assassination attempt on Donald Trump, now Republican-nominated Presidential Candidate, be thoroughly investigated. Human Justice and ethics demand it. But will those in power allow it?

Maybe Donald Trump himself, when he is President, will launch a serious investigation – and divulge the truth, from within the myriads of speculations circulating the mainstream as well as non-mainstream media?

In the meantime, we are being fed dozens of rumors, hearsay, theories ranging from a conspiracy plot to a Hollywood-type bloody earshot, to Secret Service attempted murder, to the official story that this 20-year-old kid, Thomas Matthew Crooks, a registered Republican who has never voted, a stellar student, just graduated in 2022, was the shooter who just missed by literally a hair – see the boy’s picture (CNN website).

Mike Adams’s analysis has distinguished three different shooters. Paul Craig Roberts comes to a similar conclusion. See this.

The WSJ reports that Trump’s shooter used a drone to scout the rally site in advance (RT – 20 July 2024). How believable is this? Unless, of course, it is an inside job, for which circumstantial evidence becomes ever more convincing.

Nobody seriously questioned how Thomas Matthew Crooks, with no background whatsoever of hating former President Trump, got to the place of the rally, let alone with a rifle and intent of shooting the Presidential candidate? Might anybody suspect that Thomas could have been the victim of the DARPA-CIA type MK-Ultra mind manipulation project?

The plots abound and become deeply confusing. They are also obfuscating what else is going on in the world – crimes of biblical proportions. Is blending the world’s vision out from these and other secretly prepared events part of the Trump Drama?

Wars

Endless wars – Zionists Gaza massacres, a genocide expanding to the West Bank, with new illegal settlements, Palestinian resisters are being shot dead. The Zionist-US war expanding to Lebanon, Jordan – eventually intent to include Iran — all for a greater, energy-strong Israel, tolerated by the West; or rather, encouraged and financed by the west. With Zionist controlled western funding, naturally.

The planning of the Ben Gurion Canal, cutting from Gaza through Israel to the Black Sea. Eventually envisaged replacing the Suez Canal, so that all or most European international sea traffic will be under Zionist control – financially and otherwise, of course.

War in Ukraine – proxy US war against Russia, targeting the largest country in the world for domination. Next target, China, already today the strongest economic power in PPP-terms (Purchasing Power Parity), and soon in absolute terms. The US hegemon, and self-styled head of the One World Order, also wants to control China, the economic powerhouse not only of Asia and the West, but also of the Global South.

Do people realize that Ukraine is already being “privatized” by the West? Leading privatizing power is BlackRock, owning already, it is said, up to 50% or more, of Ukraine’s agricultural land and more of Ukraine’s riches. Ukraine with all its war debts – debts from loans, by far not all the money that was and is still flowing to Ukraine is grant-money – privatization of the country’s equity is a logical step. BlackRock-Vanguard and StateStreet are champions in this domain.

Guess, who owns BlackRock-Vanguard and StateStreet?

Monetary manipulations – who controls the Western monetary system, and much of the Global South’s monetary systems? Brief answer: Zionists. The debt of so-called developing countries through international lending institutions – World Bank, IMF, Regional Development Banks, followed by the private banking system run by Zionist-controlled Wall Street, one day must be paid back.

The debt monster is increasing by wanton, endless war games, Western NATO aggression, sold as defense wars – causing a multiple billion arms (and debt) race and business. Guess cui bono from the endless killing apparatus? You guessed right. Almost always the same villains.

The killing left and right – real and “fake” terrorism, “false flag” type operation — are all part of the plan, a multiple-objectives plan: Generating billions if not trillions of profits for a small elite from systematic killing, reducing, demoralizing, and dehumanizing the world population – with an added goal of total submission.

The recent Trump “assassination” Drama catches all the attention and deviates from these other, but deep-rooted realities.

There are more “eclipsed” fronts from which humanity is steadily attacked, but blurred by the Donald Trump event:

The climate hoax – climate manipulation, geoengineering, chemtrails, Direct Energy Weapons (DEW), the kind that most likely destroyed Lahaina, Hawaii; and more recently parts of northern Chile. DEW has many means of application, from drones to helicopters, to airplanes to outright satellites. From the latter they can cause devastating earthquakes by sending high-powered electromagnet bursts deep into the earth.

The climate hoax is a two-edged sword. On the one hand, destruction; on the other, the make-believe effect that we humans by producing CO2 are the culprits for the devastating climate change causing diseases, destroying agriculture, causing famine, creating poverty around the globe and killing the less fortunate everywhere, and foremost in the Global South. This is, of course, a flagrant lie and must be dismantled. See below, under WEF.

The WHO tyranny – though the Pandemic Treaty rejected for now, the game is not over.

Wait for the UN General Assembly (GA) in September 2024 when new humanity-cheating “tricks” can be expected, based on the last-minute approval of the revised International Health Regulation (IHR) during the May 2024 World Health Assembly (WHA). To be approved, they were significantly watered down, but can be revived.

Also, not to forget, the WHO tyranny is also in charge of “Climate Change Control.” Who controls the WHO?

Imagine WHO receives more than 80% of its budget from private sources. One of the largest junks comes from the chief eugenist, the Bill Gates Foundation, and GAVI (also Gates-created), the Vaxx association of some 20-plus pharma conglomerates. What a betrayal of humanity – the World Health Organization is hiding the eugenists death agenda.

The WEF’s absolute mandate of population reduction – by any means and attacks on humanity on multiple fronts:

• The CO2 hoax – when do people realize that CO2 is as important as oxygen for all lives survival on Mother Earth? Without CO2, trees would die and could no longer produce our life-supporting oxygen. Nature is in perfect equilibrium. Excess CO2 is absorbed by the world’s seas; and if missing to feed the plants, trees, rainforests, the seas release the needed quantities of CO2. Humanity is insignificant in this balanced CO2 interchange.

Destruction of agriculture — the CO2 hoax indoctrinated again. Cows’ gas emits dangerous “greenhouse gases”; therefore, they must be eliminated. Do you know who invented the CO2 / Global Warming / Climate Change lie?

The Club of Rome, more than 50 years ago, issued in 1972 the report “Limits to Growth”, prescribing instruments to limit growth and reduce human population. Invented excesses of CO2 are a purported instrument to indoctrinate the populace at large with guilt.

This has first led to the Global Warming agenda of the 1990s, early 2000s. Later, with a more generic name-change it became today’s “Climate Change Agenda”.

A world thoroughly indoctrinated with the help of the UK-based Tavistock Institute for Social Engineering, created the so-called annual Environmental Conference of the Parties (COP), up to the 28^th COP in Dubai October 2023. The next COP – 29th — is scheduled to take place in Baku, Azerbaijan, from 11 to 22 November 2024. Close to 100,000 people are expected to attend the COP in Azerbaijan.

By now, COPs have little to do with “environmental protection”, but serve rather for networking and signing billions worth of business deals – many of which are harmful for the environment.

You may ask, what does this have to do with the Trump Drama? Well, it deviates from the upcoming disastrous 29^th COP – in which Washington will be a key player as they have been throughout the COP propaganda agenda. Will this change with Mr. Trump in the White House?

The COPs key message was always the same: reduce CO2, or you, humanity, will eventually extinguish yourself.

It is hardly known that the 15^th COP in 2015 in Paris, quietly and discretely established norms, excluding the largest CO2 emitters from the CO2-banning narrative: Wars (by far the largest CO2 emitter), war industries, sea transports, including colossal container vessels and the floating hotel cruise ships; and air transport – civil and military.

Do people at large, who busily and obediently cover their roofs with billions of dollars-worth of solar panels, creating a billion of dollars-worth up-and-coming solar-panel industry, know about these by far largest CO2 “culprits”? Probably not.

This is relentlessly going on, while the world at large is kept breathless by the Trump drama.

Humanity is of course attacked on many other fronts. Here are some of them:

• Destruction of agriculture, confiscation of farm land by the super rich, leading to famine, misery and eventually death. Reason: Agriculture produces environmentally damaging CO2 and other greenhouse gases.
• Artificially created economic crises by manipulation of the Zionist-controlled western monetary system, economic breakdowns, bankruptcies, unemployment, poverty, death.
• Endless fear-after-fear campaigns, lowering human resistance in all dimensions, health, mental, creating submissiveness.
• New viruses — several yet unknown viruses “Xs” are on the horizon, for new deadly vaxxes, depopulating the still largely ignorant world.
• Rapid and shamelessly planned social services decay throughout the Western world.
• Weapon trafficking: Ukraine – 70% of Western weapons never make it to the front (BBC, CNN and other mainstream media), but end up straight on the black market – creating the biggest “war and terrorist” weapons market in the world, to arm Western-created current and future “terror groups” helping the West perpetuating wars.
• The West defending Ukraine – the world’s hub for crime, abuse, and corruption of all kinds and the only officially tolerated Nazi regime — and Nazi military forces, the Banderas Azov battalions, still alive and killing in Donbas and wherever Russians can be found, encouraged and funded by the West. The same Bandera Azov units which participated during WWII in Hitler’s war against the Soviet Union, helping killing millions of Russians.

The West overlooks one of the worst, if not the worst, crimes humanity can commit: Human trafficking, especially children. Children are being raped – in prisons, in underground tunnels and shelters, under starving conditions. They are killed under torture so that the rich and powerful, the cream of the elite’s political and business crop, can enjoy consuming alleged life-prolonging adrenochrome from suffering-to-death children.

Remember Epstein’s Island which to this day serves as a “blackmail” instrument for politicians, and other Big Shots, who went there in their glory – no names mentioned, many are known – so they will not talk. See this.

The West also closes its eyes, ignores – but knows – the aborted and new-born children cut open alive for organs – for vaccine production. See this 2-minute video clip:

A WHO – tolerated, maybe a Gates initiative?

And this a Ukraine run-down, from the Laboratories of Secrets:

“It’s a hub for human trafficking.

It’s a hub specifically for child trafficking.

It’s a hub for narcotics trafficking.

It’s a hub for weapons trafficking.

It’s one of the biggest money laundering operations in the world.

We know about our [US] bio labs.

For the record, 80,000 children from Ukraine have disappeared and vanished since the war began. Women have been kidnapped and thrown into prostitution. This war is a catastrophe, the people bathing in blood are in Kiev and Washington.

Where are the 80,000 missing children in Ukraine?

Zelensky / Biden WAR in Ukraine operates the largest child sex trafficking / organ / adrenochrome harvesting operation all through Europe.

Where are the 1000 missing Maui children?

Biden openly traffics children at US Borders.

The sad truth is that our Congress that YOU PAY [you, the US people] cares more about laundering money through Ukraine, than about our own border [the US border] that is falling apart at the seem.”

An observation about the missing children during the infamous Swiss-sponsored so-called Peace Conference in the luxury resort of the Burgenstock by the Lake of Lucerne on 14/15 June 2024, Canadian PM Justin Trudeau had the gall to say in a Press Conference that Russian troops (he emphasized Putin troops) have stolen 20,000 Ukrainian children – and nobody knows where they are.

What a flagrant lie and defamation, well-known by Trudeau, of President Putin, who indeed, rescued tens of thousands of abducted, trafficked, and enslaved children from Ukraine. This, and the elimination of US bio labs, is one of President Putin’s stated missions for intervening in Ukraine. Plus, of course, rescuing Donbass and other Russian regions from the Kiev Azov killings.

All these atrocities are overshadowed by the dramatic Trump event. Dramatic it is and must be investigated thoroughly which does not appear to be in the interest of the elite, Deep State – or those who profit from it.

But as dramatic as it is, the attempted killing of a potential future US President cannot be allowed to blend out the rapid decay of the rest of the world.

The attempted assassination may not be resolved for a long time and an official version is little by little crystallizing, not the truth of course. But the “true narrative” will gradually be adapted to people’s belief-manipulated minds. The killing of the Kennedy Brothers, Martin Luther King, 9/11 et al, may be vivid examples how the media – plus Tavistock – control the population’s thinking.

And this official version will be drummed into the heads of people for decades to come, as is the case with other official versions.

Unless we the People scream from the bottom of our lungs NO! No MORE.

The truth must out.

And that independently of whether Donald Trump is the next president of a sovereign USA, not hegemonic USA, but a sovereign national US of A.

We the people, 8.1 billion, are and MUST be in control – not the 15 or 20 million Zionists pretending being God’s Chosen people and controlling the world’s monetary system, by coercing and blackmailing politicians throughout the Western world, and gradually also in the Global South.

We the People MUST peacefully resist this affront, currently executed by the WEF, the UN system, WHO – and all the mostly financial giants behind these institutions, all controlled by Zionist interests.

We, the People, not the Zionists, are the world’s masters – leaders of an anti-globalist multipolar world, of sovereign countries and nations, and of sovereign national monetary systems, devoid of a US dollar dominance and dependence.

Can we do it?

YES, WE CAN!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from SHTFplan.com

 

Zelensky knows that he won’t reconquer his country’s lost territory no matter what he says for the purpose of keeping morale high, hence the need to informally explore a compromise for ending the conflict in the most politically “face-saving” way possible.

Kiev Mayor Vitaly Klitschko, who’s emerged as one of Zelensky’s top rivals over the past year, speculated in an interview with Italy’s Corriere Della Serra over the weekend that the Ukrainian leader might agree to territorial compromises with Russia. In his words,

“Will he…consider a territorial compromise with Putin?…Zelensky will probably have to resort to a referendum. I don’t think he can reach such painful and important agreements on his own without popular legitimacy.”

Klitschko also echoed Atlantic Council senior fellow Adrian Karatnycky’s demand from mid-December for Zelensky to create a “government of national unity” by suggesting that this could help disperse responsibility for unpopular decisions like mobilization and thus ease their implementation. His interview couldn’t have been more perfectly timed since it coincided with the signals that Ukraine sent over the past week about its newfound semi-seriousness in reviving peace talks with Russia as explained here.

To summarize for the reader’s convenience, the US’ political uncertainty, the Ukrainian Conflict’s military-strategic dynamics continuing to favor Russia, and the growing attractiveness of China as a mediator combined to influence Zelensky to send his top diplomat to Beijing. This will be Kuleba’s first trip there since 2022, which followed the first such trip to Kiev by the Vatican’s top diplomat during this same period, thus advancing the scenario of China and the EU (via the Vatican) jointly hosting peace talks.

This is precisely what Orban proposed in his peace mission report for the EU, but since he’s considered by the Eurocrats to be too toxic to associate with, they’d prefer relying on the Vatican as their backchannel for exploring Kiev’s interest in this possibility instead. Zelensky knows that China doesn’t support his maximalist objectives in this conflict, but it’s also not in favor of Russia’s either, so his decision to dispatch Kuleba to Beijing hints at an emerging interest to have it broker a compromise.

Accordingly, this could take the form of freezing the conflict along the Line of Contact (LOC), but without rescinding Kiev’s claims to Russian-controlled territory within Ukraine’s pre-2014 borders. He couldn’t realistically agree to this though without a referendum after the enormous costs that his country already paid. Klitschko sensed that something of the sort might soon be afoot even before Kuleba’s trip to Beijing was announced (his interview’s publication narrowly preceded it) and that’s why he shared what he did.

Nobody should have any false expectations about this happening anytime soon, let alone assuming that Russia would agree to it after President Putin said last month that no cessation of hostilities is possible without Ukraine first withdrawing from all the territory that Moscow now claims as its own. Even in the event that Kiev voluntarily complied, which is unlikely, then the Kremlin would likely also want other aspects of its national security interests to be ensured as well such as demilitarization and the like.

In any case, it could form a starting point for resuming dialogue with Russia, even if it’s only initially conducted via mediators like China and/or the EU (albeit via the Vatican instead of Orban). Zelensky knows that he won’t reconquer his country’s lost territory no matter what he says for the purpose of keeping morale high, hence the need to informally explore a compromise for ending the conflict in the most politically “face-saving” way possible, thus explaining Klitschko’s referendum speculation.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

China firmly supports the just cause of the Palestinian people in restoring their legitimate national rights, supports all Palestinian factions in achieving reconciliation through dialogue and consultation, and supports Palestine in realizing solidarity, unity and independent statehood at the earliest possible date. China has been and will continue to make relentless effort to this end. —Mao Ning, China’s Foreign Ministry Spokesman

China has brought together 14 disparate Palestinian groups and helped them form a unity government that will rule Gaza when the Israeli onslaught ends.

On Tuesday, leaders of the main Palestinian factions—including Hamas and Fatah—signed the Beijing Declaration which establishes an “interim national reconciliation government” to rule post-war Gaza.

The groundbreaking agreement represents the first step towards rapprochement between traditional rivals who have put their differences behind them in the interests of the beleaguered Palestinian people.

Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi (C), also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, poses for a group picture with members of the Palestinian factions during the signing of the Beijing Declaration in Beijing, China, July 23, 2024. Credit: Chinese Foreign Ministry

In order to capitalize on the progress they’ve made in Beijing, Palestinian leaders need to call a broad and fully authorized international conference under the auspices of the UN, with regional and international participation.”

By doing this, they will draw more attention to their decades-long struggle for self-determination, which is already gaining momentum due to Israel’s genocidal rampage in Gaza. With the establishment of a de facto national unity government, the Palestinians will also be in a position to request international peacekeepers to protect their legal (1967) borders, which Israel fails to recognize, and which are the source of the ongoing dispute. In order for international law to have any meaning, UN resolutions must be enforceable. Thus, the legitimacy of the United Nations depends largely on its ability to establish and defend a Palestinian state against Zionist aggression. This is from an article at the Global Times:

China has made another significant contribution to the peace and stability of a world in turbulence as 14 factions from Palestine, including Fatah and Hamas, with key support from China, reached a historic declaration for nationwide reconciliation in Beijing on Tuesday. Experts said it will be a key step for Palestinian people to achieve their goal of establishing a state and the realization of long-standing peace between Palestine and Israel….

The latest…. events on the Palestine issue and the Ukraine crisis prove that China, which always upholds its stance for peace… is taking concrete actions to contribute to political settlements, despite the US and US-led military alliances like NATO continuing to add uncertainties and obstacles. China will continue with its efforts to ensure that peace processes in different regions of the world can be delivered…

Historic declaration for Palestine…

The core outcome of the reconciliation dialogue among Palestinian factions held in Beijing is to specify that the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) is the sole legitimate representative of all the Palestinian people, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi said on Tuesday….

Ma Xiaolin, dean of the Institute for Studies on the Mediterranean Rim at Zhejiang International Studies University, told the Global Times on Tuesday that the declaration is absolutely historic, significant and unprecedented…. (it) is not just a document, but a feasible roadmap with international support and supervision from not only major regional countries but permanent members of the UN Security Council.”… Global Times

Chinese diplomats expect the path to peace to be implemented in three phases:

• Phase 1—“To achieve a comprehensive, lasting and sustainable cease-fire in the Gaza Strip as soon as possible, and ensure access to humanitarian aid and rescue on the ground.”
• Phase 2—“To make joint efforts toward post-conflict governance of Gaza under the principle of “Palestinians governing Palestine.” Gaza is an inseparable, integral part of Palestine.
• Phase 3—“To help Palestine become a full member state of the UN and get down to implementing the two-state solution.”

China should be applauded for bringing the rival factions together and making such a courageous effort to bring the 10 month-long bloodbath in Gaza to an end. They should also be commended for understanding that the broader crisis cannot be resolved without internal reconciliation, which is why China’s foreign ministry arranged to bring all the factions together at one time. Fortunately, the three-day confab helped the leaders to iron-out their differences on key issues including the creation of a provisional “national reconciliation government that will be formed according to the consensus of Palestinian factions and the current Basic Law of the Palestine.”

This is a remarkable achievement for China which has already distinguished itself as the world leader in promoting policies of peace and non-intervention. Keep in mind, that China recently helped to reestablish diplomatic ties between Iran and Saudi Arabia and, also, has made numerous efforts to mediate an end to the war in Ukraine. Wherever hotspots emerge and fighting breaks out, China can be found dousing the flames and trying to bring the opposing-sides to the negotiating table. And while their actions may be ignored by the western media, they are having an impact all the same.

The world needs an actively engaged China to offset the destabilizing effects of Washington’s endless coups, interventions and wars. The Beijing Declaration shows what progress can be made when right-minded leaders act in the interests of peace and conflict resolution.

Bravo, China.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Janine Jackson interviewed the Institute for Policy Studies’ Phyllis Bennis about Israel’s war on Palestinians for the July 19, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

.

.

.

Janine Jackson (JJ): “We must not lose sight of what is happening in Gaza, where an unprecedented humanitarian crisis continues to get even worse.” That recent statement from Sen. Bernie Sanders can be explored almost word by word. With zero cynicism at all, I wonder, who is “we,” exactly? What repercussions or responses accrue to a “humanitarian crisis” that differ from, for example, war crimes? And then, if “losing sight” is wrong, what has maintaining sight delivered?

Reports from just recent days are in of Israeli forces killing more than a hundred people in a southern Gaza designated safe zone, attacking schools where people were sheltered.

The Lancet reminds us that the roughly 40,000 people who have been reported killed in Gaza since last October should not be the number we hold in our heads, given not just the difficulty of data collection, but that armed conflicts have indirect health implications beyond the direct harm from violence. People dying from infectious disease and a lack of clean water are no less dead.

A numerical accounting of the toll of the current Israeli war on Palestinians may take years, but why should we wait? The effort to end it is now. So how and where does that happen? What needs to happen to get there?

We’re joined now by Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies, and author of numerous books, including the constantly updated Understanding the Palestinian/Israeli Conflict. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Phyllis Bennis.

Phyllis Bennis (PB): Good to be with you, Janine.

JJ: Last October, you wrote that

while it’s necessary, condemning attacks on civilians isn’t enough. If we are serious about ending this spiraling violence, we need to look at root causes, and that means, hard as it may be for some to acknowledge it, we must look at the context.

Well, it’s now July 2024. We’re at where we’re at. Is there anything that you would add or change from that call to understanding, from last year?

PB: I think the only thing I would change is that we are now looking at almost 10 months of genocide. When I wrote that, back in October, it had just started, and we had no idea we would be still at work, still having been unable to gain even a ceasefire. Even a ceasefire remains out of reach.

What has changed is the language of the White House, the language of some in Congress. We hear President Biden now saying, “We need a ceasefire. We want a ceasefire.” But he keeps on transferring weapons, including the 500-pound bombs, these massive bombs that were temporarily paused a few weeks ago, along with the giant 2,000-pound bombs, one of which alone can wipe out an entire city block, destroy every building on the block, and kill every person in those buildings.

MK-84 bomb (From the Public Domain)

For the moment, those bombs are still being “temporarily paused,” maybe because in a recent Reuters report, we learned that the US had, since October, already transferred at least 14,000 of those MK-84 bombs, those 2,000-pound giant weapons of mass destruction, and the smaller, less dangerous 500-pound bombs, that maybe could only destroy half a block at one time, and maybe only half the people that were living in those houses. So, OK, that should be right, right?

The hypocrisy of it. Saying, “I want a ceasefire,” President Biden says, while he continues to transfer the weapons. And then he goes on to say, while he continues to enable this genocide by providing the weapons–which is all that Israel wants from him, they don’t care whether he says he wants a ceasefire or not; they want him to send the weapons, and he is sending the weapons. And then he says, “I’m the guy that did more for the Palestinian community than anybody.” What kind of hypocrisy are we hearing here?

JJ: Right. Well, Ramzy Baroud just wrote recently about the importance of separating humanitarian efforts from political and military objectives, essentially using the survival of people as a bargaining chip. I feel that media—not media alone—but they’ve fuzzed up this understanding that when elephants fight, it’s the grass that gets trampled, that we’re supposed to think about civilians being harmed, and they should be protected whenever.

But just to say, the international bodies that even just witness and record this carnage are themselves undermined.

PB: Absolutely.

JJ: And the idea is: It’s just every country against every other country—which, side note, would be demoralizing enough, even if it weren’t such an obvious lie, given that we know that commerce is global; we accept meta-national rules when it comes to corporate behavior. But here the international bodies that would say this is wrong, where are they?

PB: Well, you’re absolutely right. The international community, as it likes to be called—meaning the United Nations, the international courts, all of those institutions—have failed. In the main, they haven’t failed primarily for lack of trying. They certainly have not tried hard enough. But they have tried.

The problem is they have been undermined every step of the way by their most powerful member, which happens to be the government of the United States. We should not forget what Dr. King taught us, that the greatest purveyor of violence in the world is our own government. He said that in 1967 at Riverside Church. I will say it again, today, so many years later. That has not changed.

Image: Delegates from South Africa at the ICJ

We do see, in the International Court of Justice, in the Hague, the extraordinary impact of South Africa’s initiative to challenge Israel directly, state to state, to say that Israel is violating the international convention against genocide. And after several weeks, on an expedited basis, the court came out and said, yes, this is plausibly genocide. And while it will take some time, usually months or years to make a complete and final determination, we are hereby ordering a set of things, that they ordered Israel to do, to make sure that the potential for genocide—or the actual genocide, they were leaving themselves that little wiggle room—but to make sure that that stopped, and they gave explicit orders, which Israel, again, simply ignored.

And what’s different this time, Janine, what you said is so important about other countries, as well as the international institutions, standing by and watching: One of the things that’s different here is that the international covenant against genocide, unlike most parts of international law that are very complicated, very hard to understand and really only apply very narrowly, the Genocide Convention specifically holds accountable every country that is a signatory, a party, to that convention. That includes the United States, ironically enough, includes Israel. But it says that every country who has signed on to that treaty has the obligation to make sure that it doesn’t get violated.

That was the basis for South Africa charging Israel with violating the covenant. But it also goes to every other country, including our own. So the Biden administration, aside from its active enabling of the genocide, is doubly responsible here, because it has an explicit, affirmative obligation to do everything in its power to stop the possibility of these attacks turning into genocide, or to stop them if they are indeed already genocide.

And the US answer to that requirement is to keep sending the weapons: 14,000 of these giant 2,000-pound bombs, 6,500 of the smaller 500-pound bombs, 3,000 Hellfire precision-guided air-to-ground missiles, a thousand bunker-buster bombs, 2,600 airdropped, small-diameter bombs, and more and more and more.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Janine Jackson is FAIR’s program director and producer/host of FAIR’s syndicated weekly radio show CounterSpin. She contributes frequently to FAIR’s newsletter Extra!, and co-edited The FAIR Reader: An Extra! Review of Press and Politics in the ’90s (Westview Press). She has appeared on ABC‘s Nightline and CNN Headline News, among other outlets, and has testified to the Senate Communications Subcommittee on budget reauthorization for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. Her articles have appeared in various publications, including In These Times and the UAW’s Solidarity, and in books including Civil Rights Since 1787 (New York University Press) and Stop the Next War Now: Effective Responses to Violence and Terrorism (New World Library). Jackson is a graduate of Sarah Lawrence College and has an M.A. in sociology from the New School for Social Research.

America’s presidential election has been turned on its head, and many questions remain about where this race is heading.

Now that Joe Biden is out, who will take his place? Will Democrat voters be allowed to pick, or will party elites keep the decision to themselves? And what about the Trump assassination attempt? Would Biden still be in the race if the former president had been killed?

The Tucker Carlson Show brings you all the latest analysis, and today’s episode features Tucker and former United States Navy intelligence officer Jack Posobiec’s immediate insights on America’s new contest for the White House as well as a deep dive into an in-depth timeline of the bizarre events surrounding the Trump shooting.

 

Jack Posobiec tells Tucker:

“Joe Biden is not being pulled from the presidency because he has dementia. They don’t care about that. He’s being pulled because the American people found out about it.”

Click here to read the transcript.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

The low turnout in the past presidential and parliamentary elections warned the clerics in Tehran that their political base has substantially shrunk.

To deal with this problem, they passed Masoud Pezeshkian through the screening process of the Guardian Council to run for the presidency. They hoped to increase participation from the reformists and the ethnic population. Pezeshkian speaks Azari and Kurdish languages, in addition to Persian, which would increase participation. However, secular and nationalist groups have contended that screening of the candidates by the Guardian Council to preserve theocracy makes the elections irrelevant and have continuously boycotted the election. They wish to topple the clerical regime instead.

While Pezeshkian’s candidacy did not bring more voters to the polls in the first round, yet in the second round, a large portion of the ethnic population votes in the northwest and some in the southeast helped him to win the presidency.

Participation in the first round was 39.9%, and in the second stage, 49.8%.

That meant, in both stages, most of the eligible voters did not vote. During his campaigns, Pezeshkian provoked ethnic feelings of the Iranians in the northwest provinces by giving speeches in Azari and Kordish, which are the mother tongues in those provinces, and said why the country’s key positions were not given to them.

Image: An image of Saeed Jalili in an interview with the khamenei.ir website in 2021 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

About 10.5 million voted for Pezeshkian in the first round, which led him to go to the second round to compete with Saeed Jalili. In the second round, on July 5, 2024, Pezeshkian won 16,384,403 or 54.76% of the popular votes versus Jalili’s 13.5 million (44.3%).

Pezeshkian and Jalili won the provinces almost equally. In 16 provinces, Pezeshkian got the highest votes, and Jalili in 15 provinces, but because of higher ethnic votes in four provinces, Ardabil, East Azerbaijan, West Azerbaijan, and Kurdistan, Pezeshkian won more votes. The total difference between Pezeshkian votes and Jalili in all 31 provinces was about 2,850,000 votes.  

Pezeshkian became the ninth president of Iran and the third non-cleric.

Pezeshkian will become the oldest President of Iran at the age of 69 years and will be inaugurated on July 30, 2024. He is a physician by education. Pezeshkian used religion to advance his political career. During his university years, he joined Islamist student groups and established classes for teaching the Quran and the Nahjul al-balaghe, the primary books for Muslims. His political career includes being Minister of Health from 2001 to 2005, being elected to parliament five times, and serving as the First Deputy Head of the Majles from 2016 to 2020.

The winning of Pezeshkian does not necessarily benefit the Iranians, specifically the poor and working class. Some see him as a charlatan who takes advantage of Iranians’ religious beliefs and ethnic roots to deceive them. They see his presidency as a threat from the Pan-Turkism and Zionists to Iran’s territorial integrity. Pezeshkian’s ethnic roots may stir ethnic population radicalism feelings and open the door to Pan-Turkism and their imperialist supporters who covet to partition Iran.

Image: Ali Khamenei

Pezeshkian wants to pursue the same theocratic rules as before and comply with the religious orders.

The same theocratic dictatorship will be imposed on Iranians. After his victory, Pezeshkian thanked Ali Khamenei, the Supreme Leader, and said, “If he was not there, our names would not easily come out of the boxes,” and insisted on his loyalty to the Leader. Pezeshkian respects the Leader and implies that he must be the administrator of his orders. Assuming he is honest, not many changes are expected in the regime’s policies. The Leader has emphasized self-sufficiency policies and has said there will be no compromises with the US. Khamenei has indicated the same route as the prior President, Ebrahim Raisi: revolutionary Islam must continue. The Leader has emphasized that the new president must pursue the aims of the Islamic revolution. Furthermore, Saeed Jalili, who is head of the shadow government of the regime, informed Pezeshkian that the regime’s policies must continue. Jalili warned Pezeshkian that if he acted in a way that was not aligned with the policies of the regime, he would intervene to correct them.

Image: Javad Zarif

Conflicts have arisen over the criteria for choosing the upcoming cabinet.

Pezeshkian has said that instead of nepotism in the past, the criteria for the selection of his government members should be based on individual expertise. Pezeshkian has appointed the former foreign minister, Javad Zarif, to head the “Steering Council” of his cabinet. Zarif was educated in the US. While serving as an Iranian diplomat in the UN, he established friendly relations with some well-known leaders of the US Democratic Party, including John Kerry and George Soros. Zarif has come under criticism by some conservatives for his connection with the Americans. Mahmoud Nabaviyan, a member of the parliament, has said Zarif grew up in the land of infidels and is at the service of the American masters and behaves like a Jew for them. Also, Hossein Shariatmadari, the editor of the daily Kayhan, criticized Zarif for his criteria for choosing the cabinet members, which he considered to be in contradiction with the constitution and explicit Islamic principles. He implied that Zarif follows the ideas that is propagated by the Zionists.

Pezeshkian lacks knowledge of social sciences and wants to rely on his advisers to make decisions on those matters. He wants to restart negotiations with the United States over Iran’s nuclear program, promising to revive the 2015 agreement in exchange for lifting the West’s sanctions against Iran.

However, despite the concessions made previously, the sanctions were not removed. Zarif has continued the same demagogy that the sanctions can be lifted. However, that is not realistic, considering the upcoming presidential election in the US, as Joe Biden left the presidential race and endorsed the nomination of Kamala Harris for president. Most likely, Donald Trump will win the presidency; in that case, he will not easily settle the nuclear issue with Iran. Pezeshkian has stated to support the Islamic resistance movements against Israel, which the US opposes.

Moreover, the national defense industry could be compromised if concessions are made on Iran’s nuclear and missile programs. Such concessions will weaken Iran’s national security. Furthermore, lifting sanctions will help the wealthy merchant class to profit from trade at the expense of the shutdown of domestic industries. Opening the country’s borders to luxury cars and other big-ticket items will only please the luxurious lifestyle in North Tehran.

Pezeshkian has no viable plan to solve the country’s economic problems, specifically Inflation, which is very high. He wants to pursue neoliberal economic policies, which lead to cuts in social welfare programs for the poor strata.

The West does not want to see the clerical regime fall because the alternative would be a secular government more professional and nationalistic, which will maintain a more robust front against foreign influence in Iran. Even though a non-cleric has replaced the prior cleric president, it will not make that much difference in the theocratic regime. Theocratic rigidity and enforcement of clerical rules will go on.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Akbar E. Torbat is the author of “Politics of Oil and Nuclear Technology in Iran,” Palgrave Macmillan (2020). Farsi translation of the book is available here. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Dez candidatos, apoiados por 38 partidos, participam das eleições presidenciais deste ano na Venezuela. É consenso, no entanto, que a disputa se centra em apenas dois: o presidente Nicolás Maduro e o principal bloco opositor, a Plataforma de Unidade Democrática (PUD), cujo candidato é Edmundo González Urrutia.

Todas as pesquisas de intenção de voto colocam esses dois candidatos na ponta da disputa. Mas a oposição radical, agrupada na PUD, e a imprensa internacional, só levam em consideração as pesquisas que indicam a vitória de González Urrutia.

Alguns exemplos são o instituto Delphos, que afirma que o opositor tem 59,1% das intenções de voto, contra 24,6% de Maduro; Consultores 21, que dá entre 55% e 60% de preferência para Urrutia e de 25% a 28% para Maduro; Hercon Consultores, que sugere que 68,4% votarão em Urrutia e somente 27,3% votarão em Maduro; e ORC Consultores, que indica um apoio de 59,6% dos eleitores para Urrutia e apenas de 12,5% para Maduro.

Embora se diga que esses são os institutos mais confiáveis, “esquece-se” que são dirigidos por pessoas com posições políticas acentuadamente antichavistas, como Saúl Cabrera, da Consultores 21, Oswaldo Ramírez, da ORC Consultores, Luis Vicente León, da Datanálisis, além de Benigno Alarcón, diretor do Centro de Estudos Políticos da UCAB. Eles vêm dando declarações públicas endossando o resultado questionável de suas pesquisas, ou seja, que González Urrutia é franco favorito contra Nicolás Maduro, e que só maquinações políticas com o uso do aparato do Estado podem dar uma vitória ao atual presidente.

“As pesquisas estão sendo sistematicamente usadas como arma de propaganda eleitoral para gerar um clima de opinião sobre o possível resultado da eleição”, disse à agência americana Voz da América (fundada pela CIA) o sociólogo Juan Manuel Trak. Ele tem toda a razão.

Os resultados das pesquisas acima diferem em muito dos publicados por outros institutos, que não são noticiados pelos meios de comunicação internacionais. O instituto Hinterlaces, que é tachado de chavista pela oposição e pelos jornais, mas que vem acertando praticamente todas as suas previsões nos últimos anos, aponta que Maduro tem 54,2% das intenções de voto, contra 24,1% de Urrutia. Ele é seguido por outros institutos: o Data Viva prevê 55,2% dos votos para Maduro e 20,9% para Urrutia; a Paramétrica indica 51,74% para Maduro e 29,06% para Urrutia; e a International Consulting Services colheu 71,6% de intenções de votos para o atual presidente e 23,9% para seu principal desafiador.

É claro que Trak também considera que as pesquisas que indicam uma vitória de Maduro também são enviesadas. Isso é bem provável. Mas elas estão muito mais próximas da realidade do que as duvidosas pesquisas que favorecem a oposição. Se todos votarem, só os 4,2 milhões de membros do Partido Socialista Unido da Venezuela (PSUV) que ratificaram a candidatura de Maduro em março já representariam 19,6% dos 21,4 milhões de venezuelanos aptos a votar nestas eleições.

Após os anos de intensa crise política, econômica e social causada pela morte de Hugo Chávez, a queda nos preços do petróleo e a guerra econômica patrocinada pelos Estados Unidos, a economia da Venezuela começou a se recuperar. O estudo do Programa das Nações Unidas para o Desenvolvimento (PNUD) publicado em abril informou de um crescimento de 2,6% do PIB da Venezuela em 2023 e estimou que em 2024 o crescimento será de 4,2%. A inflação no primeiro semestredeste ano foi de 8,9% e em junho ela caiu para 1% segundo o Banco Central da Venezuela – o menor índice mensal em 12 anos e o melhor da era Maduro. Segundo o Observatório Venezuelano de Finanças, desvinculado do governo, a inflação em junho foi de 2,4%. No mês anterior – maio –, a inflação de 1,5% foi a menor desde 2004.

Os próprios empresários deram uma trégua ao governo, que fez acordos com o setor privado para resgatar a economia, diversificar a produção e investir nas exportações. A Fedecámaras, famosa por liderar as sucessivas tentativas golpistas entre 2002 e 2004, não embarcou publicamente no discurso terrorista da PUD e os empresários não estão coagindo (ao menos de maneira enfática) seus funcionários a votarem na oposição, como fizeram anteriormente. O governo dos Estados Unidos voltou a dialogar com Caracas, o que sugere um relaxamento na pressão externa – o que pode mudar, caso Donald Trump seja eleito.

China e Rússia estão muito envolvidas com o governo venezuelano e isso é um importante pilar de sustentação de Maduro, cujo governo vem colhendo bons frutos dessa aliança – e dos acordos com outros países, como Índia, Turquia e Irã. Ao contrário da última crise, em 2019, os dois principais vizinhos (Brasil e Colômbia) hoje são governados por presidentes aliados de Maduro, o que dificulta a desestabilização do país nas fronteiras e o suporte a grupos radicais da oposição autoexilada.

Um indício da recuperação e estabilização na Venezuela é o fato de que o país saiu das manchetes do noticiário internacional nos últimos anos. Os grandes veículos de comunicação internacionais são nitidamente antichavistas e aproveitam qualquer evento minimamente negativo para realizar uma ampla campanha de propaganda contra o governo. Isso não tem sido possível nos anos mais recentes.

Motivo importante é que a oposição não se recuperou da derrota de 2019 com o fracasso de Juan Guaidó e não conseguiu se reunificar de maneira efetiva. Não há mais grandes manifestações antigovernamentais, até porque a direita não encontrou mais nenhuma oportunidade de sair às ruas e colocar o governo sob pressão. A ala radical da oposição, entretanto, continua com o mesmo discurso irrealista de 20 anos atrás (acusando o governo de ser uma ditadura, de reprimir e censurar e de cometer fraude eleitoral). As propostas de González Urrutia para privatizar as terras, indústrias, saúde e educação são altamente impopulares, o que o afasta das grandes massas da população. O próprio Urrutia era um político totalmente desconhecido três meses atrás e não passa de um boneco manipulado por María Corina Machado, histórica líder opositora fabricada nos laboratórios da CIA e escandalosamente financiada pelo governo dos EUA.

Por sua vez, o chavismo continua forte e organizado, apesar de suas contradições e dissidências, como a do Partido Comunista. Além da presidência da República, governa 19 dos 23 estados, 213 das 335 prefeituras, tem 222 de 277 deputados na Assembleia Nacional, a maioria em 20 das 23 assembleias legislativas estaduais e em 224 dos 335 conselhos municipais. O poder judiciário e demais instituições públicas nacionais, bem como o alto escalão da Força Armada Nacional Bolivariana e das polícias são, em geral, legalistas.

Contudo, apesar de um cenário real favorável para a 31ª vitória eleitoral em 25 anos de chavismo no próximo domingo (28), ela provavelmente não será tão fácil como indicam as pesquisas que o beneficiam. A situação econômica não está tão ruim como antes e o país está relativamente pacificado, mas o povo continua vivendo em uma situação social instável. Embora provavelmente vença as eleições, o seu resultado deverá indicar que as tentativas de conciliar com a oposição, com a burguesia venezuelana e com o imperialismo americano não estão trazendo grandes ganhos políticos para o chavismo diante de sua base social, especialmente a juventude.

Por outro lado, a oposição radical dá a vitória como favas contadas, utilizando as pesquisas que lhe favorecem e negando a realidade. A imprensa internacional compra esse discurso. Essa é uma campanha que vende uma ilusão de forma proposital e certamente a direita utilizará essas pesquisas e a cobertura enviesada da imprensa como “prova” de que houve fraude, caso o resultado das urnas seja contrário a essas previsões, e, aproveitando esse clima, volte ao seu repertório tradicional de não reconhecer a vitória do chavismo.

O governo dos EUA, diferentemente de todas as eleições anteriores, decidiu ser mais cauteloso e não emitir declarações em apoio à oposição. Porém, uma vitória de Maduro que seja rotulada como fraudulenta pela oposição e pela imprensa internacional pode levar a uma mudança de postura dos EUA em relação ao apoio público à desestabilização. Afinal, um governo moribundo e em transição, como é o de Joe Biden, é imprevisível.

Eduardo Vasco

*

Eduardo Vasco é jornalista especializado em política internacional, correspondente de guerra e autor dos livros-reportagem “O povo esquecido: uma história de genocídio e resistência no Donbass” e “Bloqueio: a guerra silenciosa contra Cuba”.

Detoxification is an ongoing process performed by multiple organs, including your liver, kidneys, skin, lungs, and digestive tract, rather than a sporadic event triggered by special diets or cleanses

Extreme detox plans can be counterproductive, potentially harming liver health and slowing metabolism. Your body doesn’t need restrictive diets to detoxify; it requires sufficient energy and nutrients

Your liver, as the primary detoxification organ, requires adequate protein, energy, and nutrients to function optimally. Chronic under-eating can impair liver function and overall detoxification processes

Supporting detoxification involves holistic approaches: eating enough, regular movement, quality sleep, ensuring daily bowel movements, and managing stress, rather than relying on quick-fix solutions or detox products

Your lymphatic system plays a crucial role in detoxification by transporting waste and maintaining fluid balance. Supporting lymph flow through exercise, massage, and maintaining good gut health is important

*

In recent years, the concept of “detoxing” has gained immense popularity, with countless products, diets, and programs promising to cleanse your body of harmful toxins. However, the reality of detoxification is far more complex and nuanced than many of these quick-fix solutions would have you believe.

In this comprehensive guide, let’s explore the truth about detoxification, how your body naturally performs this vital function, and the best ways to support your body’s innate detoxification processes.

Understanding Detoxification

Detoxification is a crucial bodily process that involves removing toxic substances from the body. It’s a vital function, as the accumulation of toxins from various sources such as pesticides, plastics, heavy metals, and air pollutants can lead to mitochondrial dysfunction.¹

Contrary to popular belief, detoxification is not a sporadic event that needs to be triggered by special diets or cleanses. Instead, it’s an ongoing process that your body performs continuously to maintain health and survival. This complex system involves multiple organs working in harmony, including the liver, kidneys, lymphatic system, digestive tract, skin, and lungs.

The marketing surrounding detox fads often preys on people’s vulnerabilities, especially when they’re desperate for a health change. Many approach detoxification with a “quick-fix mindset,” hoping that a detox or cleanse will provide rapid results. Unfortunately, this approach often backfires, leading to yo-yo dieting or restriction-binge cycles. While you might lose weight rapidly during a detox, it’s common to regain it once the detox ends.²

The Pitfalls of Extreme Detox Plans

Many popular detox plans require drastic lifestyle changes that can be detrimental to your body. These plans are often highly restrictive, significantly reducing calorie intake. However, chronically under-eating can have negative consequences on liver health, including exacerbating liver fat accumulation and potentially altering liver function.

Extreme diets can also be counterproductive to the goal of improved detoxification. A lower metabolic rate, often a result of severe calorie restriction, may reduce the body’s ability to efficiently perform detoxification processes due to decreased energy availability. This could potentially slow down the rate at which toxins are processed and eliminated from the body.

It’s crucial to understand that your body doesn’t need a special restrictive diet to detoxify itself. The best way to keep detoxification functioning properly is to produce sufficient metabolic energy, meaning, give your organs enough fuel to do their jobs effectively.

The Key Players in Detoxification

Several organs play significant roles in the body’s detoxification processes:

The Holistic Approach to Detoxification

Given the complex and interconnected nature of the body’s detoxification systems, it’s clear that there are no shortcuts or quick fixes when it comes to detoxing. Instead, the best way to support your body’s natural detoxification processes is to focus on overall health and well-being. Here are the key areas to prioritize:

Conclusion — The Sustainable Approach to Detoxification

In the age of quick fixes and miracle cures, it’s tempting to believe that a week-long juice cleanse or a detox tea can purge our bodies of all toxins and reset our health. However, as we’ve explored in this article, the reality of detoxification is far more complex and ongoing than these quick-fix solutions suggest.

The truth is, our bodies are constantly engaged in detoxification processes, with multiple organs working in harmony to eliminate toxins and maintain our health. The liver, kidneys, skin, lungs, digestive tract, lymphatic system, and even our brain all play crucial roles in this intricate system.

Remember, detoxification is not a sporadic event but a continuous process. Our bodies are remarkably capable of maintaining balance and eliminating toxins when given the right support. By adopting a holistic, lifestyle-based approach to detoxification, we can enhance our overall health, boost our energy levels, and improve our resilience against environmental toxins and stressors.

Rather than relying on extreme detox diets or cleanses, which can often do more harm than good, the most effective way to support detoxification is to focus on overall health and well-being (which is optimized with a strong metabolic rate).

In the end, the best “detox” is not a product or a short-term diet, but a commitment to consistent, health-promoting habits. By nourishing our bodies, staying active, managing stress, and getting adequate rest, we provide the foundation for optimal detoxification and overall well-being. This sustainable approach not only supports our body’s natural detoxification processes but also contributes to better health outcomes in the long run.

The most powerful tools for supporting your body’s detoxification processes are already within your reach. By focusing on these fundamental aspects of health, you can support your body’s incredible ability to detoxify itself, promoting better health and vitality for years to come.

Transform Your Health — One Step at a Time

Ashley and her sister Sarah have put together a truly groundbreaking step-by-step course called “Rooted in Resilience.” They have compiled what clearly is the best application of Dr. Ray Peat’s work on Bioenergetic Medicine that I have ever seen.

It is so good that I am using the core of their program to teach the many Health Coaches that I am in the process of training for the new Mercola Health Clinics I am opening this fall. It took these women working nearly full-time on this project for a year to create it.

This has to be one of the absolute best values for health education I have ever seen. If you want to understand why you struggle with health problems and then have a clear program on how to reverse those challenges, then this is the course for you.

It is precisely the type of program I wish I would have had access to when I got out of medical school. I fumbled around for decades before I reached the conclusion they discuss in the course and share with you so you can restore your cellular energy production and recover your health.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Ashley Armstrong is the cofounder of Angel Acres Egg Co., which specializes in low-PUFA (polyunsaturated fat) eggs that are shipped to all 50 states (join waitlist here), and Nourish Cooperative, which ships low-PUFA pork, beef, cheese, A2 dairy and traditional sourdough to all 50 states. Waitlists will reopen shortly.

Notes

¹ Toxicology. 2017 Nov 1:391:90-99. doi: 10.1016/j.tox.2017.07.009

² Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics Volume 28, Issue 6, December 2015, Pages 675-686, doi: 10.1111/jhn.12286

³ Annu Rev Nutr. 2017 Aug 21; 37: 321–346

⁴ Ray Peat, Phosphate, activation, and aging

⁵ J Ren Nutr. 2013 Jul; 23(4): 265–270.e2

⁶ Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2010 Mar;5(3):519-30. doi: 10.2215/CJN.06080809

⁷ Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol. 2007 Apr;292(4):R1510-8. doi: 10.1152/ajpregu.00258.2006

⁸ Brain Sci. 2020 Nov; 10(11): 868, doi: 10.3390/brainsci10110868 

Featured image is from Mercola